Home

Service Manual

1. ok Cancel Apply e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 5 Confirm the ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 55 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration In the Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu Choose GPON gt GPON Management from the navigation tree On the GPON UNI Port tab page set the filter criteria to display the required GPON UNI ports In the information list right click GPON UNI port 0 2 1 and choose Enable ONU Auto Find from the shortcut menu Select the ONU tab page Click the Auto Discover ONUs tab In the window that is displayed select 6877687714852901 as the ONU record and click Confirm Name ONT ONU ID 0 ONU Type ONT On the Basic Parameters tab page set the parameters Line Profile FTTx click Inext to Line Profile and select the line profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Service Profile FTTx click EJ next to Service Profile and select the service profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed
2. HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration ONT VoIP HWTC 2011 v 247 SA V1R002C06 Later E 247 Config Info Time Services EWAN Device ONT VoIP WAN Device 1 enable x Sal Connection IP_Routed X WAN Connection 1 WAN IP Interface ulesble EVAN IP Interface 1 20 LANDevice v 6 ALG Ability Security E era Forwarding DHCP VOIP hd enable Import Export OK Cancel Apply e Configure the voice protocol parameters In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 Select Interface 1 and select a proper value Signaling Protocol H248 Region China Associate WAN Interface WAN1 ONT VolIP binding the created voice WAN port Add ONT YAS Profile HWTC 2011 Ki E 247 Config Info ___ParameterName l Time E Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 if Interface Configuration Interface 1 Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device 1 LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 74 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration O note If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create a W
3. oe IL cee 2009 _ Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK Configure a line profile In a line profile a GEM port can be bound to up to eight service streams Ina GEM port different GEM connections need to be set up for different service streams In this example the mapping between GEM ports and MDU side services is implemented through VLANs and the service streams of each service are mapped to GEM port 1 In addition different GEM connections are set up for the management VLAN and the VLANs for the Internet voice and multicast services a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the Line Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Mapping Mode VLAN Qos Mode Priority Queue Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 65 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Name eS Mapping Node wno O lacsmode fPror
4. Configuration Base Info UNI Port Name Number of Pots Ports 0 8 Number of TDM Ports 0 8 0 TDM Port Type E1 Service Type of TDM Port TDOMoverGEM Number of MOCA Ports 0 8 0 MAC Address Learning Swit ON Transparent Transmission OFF Multicast Mode Unconcern Multicast forward mode Untag Multicast forward VLAN 1 40 Upstream IGMP packet forw Unconcern Upstream IGMP packet forw Upstream IGMP Packet For Value gt ok Cancel Apply e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 5 Confirm the ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 85 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration In the Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu Choose GPON gt GPON Management from the navigation tree On the GPON UNI Port tab page set the filter criteria to display the required GPON UNI ports In the information list right click GPON UNI port 0 2 1 and choose Enable ONU Auto Find from the shortcut menu Select the ONU tab
5. Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 208 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Step 4 Add L note The port vlan command is use for specifying a port VLAN and managing the attribute of the UNI port on the ONT remotely This command is applicable for only the L2 service L2 Internet access service when the ONT functions as a bridge device When the ONT functions as a gateway device the configuration of the port VLAN is implemented on the ONT Web page NMS or U2560 server huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 port vlan eth 1 10 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 quit Optional Configure an alarm profile The ID ofthe default GPON alarm profile is 1 The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0 which indicates that no alarm is reported In this example the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required Run the gpon alarm profile add command to configure an alarm profile which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated O
6. ox _ cancel e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g Inthe dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 4 Configure a service profile The service profile type should be consistent with the actual ONT type The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities of HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 84 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Product Number of Number of Number of ETH Ports POTS Ports CATV Ports 1 HG8010 HG8110 HG8245 HG8247 od 4 HG8447 a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree b Click the Service Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Number of Pots Ports 2 Number of ETH Ports 4 Number of CATV Ports 1 A Name FTTx Alias
7. Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 239 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configurat Data Item Detailed Data Remarks ion Item VoIP service SIP IP address of the primary The software version that data parameters server 200 200 200 200 supports SIP is V100R002C06 Port ID of the primary server 5060 Home domain name softx3000 huawei com Digitmap x S x Default User 1 Phone number 88001234 Authentication user name 88001234 softx3000 h uawei com Password iadtest1 User 2 Phone number 88001235 Authentication user name 88001235 softx3000 h uawei com Password iadtest2 H 248 Primary MGC address The software version that parameters 200 200 200 200 supports H 248 is Primary MGC port 2944 V100R002C07 MID format domain name MG domain name 6877687714852901 TID AO and Al Wi Fi SSID1 ChinaNet huawei service Security WPA Pre Shared Key mode TKIP amp AES ere Key chinahuawei mode 3 5 3 Configuring the Internet Access Service Through the U2560 This topic provides an example of how to configure the Internet access service through the U2560 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 240 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GP
8. Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 1 this parameter is set to 1 automatically VLAN ID 20 Voice user side VLAN ID Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 53 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 p Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 2 this parameter is set to 2 automatically VLAN ID 30 Multicast user side VLAN ID Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 cE ox _ cancel e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g Inthe dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 4 Configure a service profile The service profile type should be consistent with the actual ONT type The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities of HG8010 HG8110 HG8
9. EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service Remarks Classificati QoS DBA Profile type Type4 DBA is used to Maximum bandwidth 100 Mbit s T CONT ID 4 Profile type Type4 Maximum bandwidth 60 Mbit s T CONT ID 3 Profile type Type3 Assured bandwidth 15 Mbit s control the upstream bandwidth of the ONT DBA profiles are bound to TCONTSs Different TCONTSs are planned for different bandwidth assurance types Maximum bandwidth 30 Generally the Mbit s service with a T CONT ID 2 MEN prionty adopts a fixed bandwidth or an assured bandwidth and the service witha low priority adopts the maximum bandwidth or best effort QoS CAR HSI service Upstream and downstream Traffic control bandwidth 4 Mbit s can be ee Bae implemented on IPTV service No rate limitation in the the BRAS or on upstream and downstream the OLT or ONT directions by using port rate VolP service No rate limitation in the limitation or upstream and downstream mmga traffic directions profile to limit the upstream and downstream traffic Generally in the case of FTTH limit the rate on the OLT IPTV Multicast protocol OLT IGMP proxy service data ONT IGMP snooping Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 130 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Termin
10. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 135 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont autofind 1 After this command is executed the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed Number sou F S P O 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852900 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion V1R002C06 Ont EquipmentID 2 247 Ont autofind time 2010 12 10 14 59 10 Number 2 F S P 0 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852901 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion V1R002C06 Ont EquipmentID gt 247 Ont autofind time 2010 12 10 14 59 12 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 note If multiple ONTs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONTs you can add ONTs in batches by confirming the auto discovered ONTs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency For example the preceding command can be modified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 all sn auth omci ont li
11. In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interfacel gt User gt User 1 Select User 1 and set Directory Number to 88001234 a Ei HWTC 2011 v E 247 Config Info i une 1 n E Voice Service Disabled i Voice Service 1 feso01234 Interface Configuratio 1 E Interface 1 aa SIP H H248 H RTP Fax T38 FaxModem User User 2 Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding b Select SIP below User 1 and enter a proper value Auth User Name 88001234 softx3000 huawei com Auth Password iadtest1 a HWTC 2011 X ViROO2C06 M E 247 Config Info d Time 88001234 sof x3000 h force serene Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface Configuration Interface 1 Physical Interface iF IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability mj c Set parameters of User 2 using the same method Directory Number 88001235 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 181 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Result Auth User Name 88001235 softx3000 huawei com Auth Password iadtest2 c Click OK In the dialog box that is displayed click OK The configurations take eff
12. 4 5 8 Local Loopback and Remote Loopback on a POTS Port The local loopback and remote loopback on a POTS port are used for determining the section of the line where VoIP service failures occur Prerequisite The user is a user with the operator authority or higher The OLT and the NMS communicate with each other properly The NMS is able to discover an online ONT and VolP service parameters are configured Impact on the System After loopback is set on a POTS port normal communication is interrupted and an echo is heard by the caller Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 296 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Precautions The loopback can be set only after a call is set up After onhook the communication ends and loopback is cancelled automatically Direct switching between local loopback and remote loopback cannot be performed To switch between local loopback and remote loopback cancel the current loopback first Procedure Step 1 Make calls between VoIP users on an ONT Step 2 Inthe Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer Step 3 In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management Step 4 Inthe window on the right choose GPON ONU Step 5 On the
13. Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g CIR 20480 Outer Priority 1 Add BEF IP Traffic Profile 67360 0960 312720 Assign Priority Assign Priority Local Setting color blind Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 2 Configure a DBA profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the DBA Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth Maximum Bandwidth 32768 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 64 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g Add DBA Profile xj Profile Parameters Alias T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth v Assured Bandwidth Kbit s 128 1235456 128 Fixed Bandwidth kbit s 128 1235456 128 Maximum Bandwidth Kbitis 128 1235456 32768 Bandwidth Compensation No
14. Set CallAgent1 to 200 200 200 200 indicating that the IP address of the MGC server is 200 200 200 200 Set Domain to 6877687714852901 indicating that the MG registration address is 68776877148529010016ECC54B80 note Domain is ONT s domain name registered on the MGC It is globally unique Domain in this example is ONT s SN Set MIDFormat to DomainName indicating that the MG uses its domain name to register Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 254 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic w 200 200 200 200 68776877 148529 i S Step 6 Configure the TIDs of H 248 voice users 1 Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt Services gt VoiceService gt 1 gt VoiceProfile gt 1 gt Line gt 1 gt X_HW_H248 from the navigation tree In the right pane set LineName to AO indicating that the TID of H 248 voice user 1 is AO The user telephone number set on the MGC is 88001234 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 255 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic w 2 Configure the TID of H 248 voice user 2 in the same way Choose
15. System Tools Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the fash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File Ifyou enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File 5 Check the ONT connection status In the navigation tree choose Status gt WAN Information In the right pane Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Status gt WAN Information On this page you can query the connection status and line status of the WAN interface IP Acquisition Subnet WAN Name Status IP Address VLANPriority MAC Address Connect Mode Mask 41_INTERNET_R_VID_10 Disconnected PPPoE 192 168 11 57 255 255 255 0 10 1 78 1D BA 3C 9F 34 AlwaysOn Configure the ONT on the U2000 Layer 3 route mode is used for connecting the ONT to the upper layer device IP addresses of users PCs are allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONT PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the ONT Parameters of the WAN port must be configured on the ONT The following uses batch configurations of creating a value added service profile of the ONT as an example To configure an ONT on the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Conf
16. The board or port on the ONT is faulty There are network attacks The WAN port fails to obtain the address The ping operation with the IP addresses of the ONT WAN port and the ONT fails The WAN MAC address of the ONT defaults to 000000000002 The NAT function is disabled on the bound WAN port The LAN port on the ONT is a bridge Ethernet port but the PC connected to the LAN port fails to obtain the IP address allocated by the upper layer network Step 2 Check the status of the optical fiber Check the following items Whether the optical fiber is properly connected Whether the optical fiber is bent excessively Whether the optical fiber connector is clean Whether the mean launched Tx optical power is normal Whether the Rx optical sensitivity is normal Step 3 Check the ONT status Check the status of the LEDs on the ONT You can also query the ONT status on the OLT In the GPON mode run the display ont info command to check the ONT information Specifically mainly check Control Flag Run State Config State and Match State If Control Flag is active and Run State is up it indicates that the ONT works in the normal state that is the user passes the authentication and goes online If Control Flag is active and Run State is down it indicates that the user is offline If Control Flag is deactive the ONT registration is disabled In this case run the ONT activate command in the GPON mode to activ
17. messages IOF RVD F media portis same CN China Apply Cancel gnaling electthe name ofthe WAN that will carry the voice media The vith signaling port when itis empty c Click Apply to apply the configuration Configure parameters of the SIP based voice users a In the navigation tree choose Voice gt VoIP User Configuration b In the right pane configure parameters of voice user 1 as follows Register User Name 80001234 Auth User Name 80001234 softx3000 huawei com Password iadtest1 Associated POTS 1 binding port TEL1 on the ONT Select Enable to enable the voice user configuration c Click Apply to apply the configuration d In the right pane click New to add voice user 2 and configure parameters of voice user 2 as follows Register User Name 80001235 Password iadtest2 Associated POTS 2 binding port TEL2 on the ONT Auth User Name 80001235 softx3000 huawei com Select Enable to enable the voice user configuration e Click Apply to apply the configuration 1 note The parameters of the SIP based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch IfAssociated POTS is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Associated POTS is 2 port TEL2 on the ONT is bound Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 175 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 H
18. 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose WAN gt WAN Configuration In the pane on the right click New In the dialog box that is displayed set Mode to Bridge as shown in Figure 5 12 Figure 5 12 WAN Configuration bridge WAN gt WAN Configuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT home gat the upper layer network equipment and the parameters must be cons ay uses the WAN interface to communicate with stent for both New Delete Connection Name VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode Enable WAN Connection Mode Bridge v Service List INTERNET v VLAN ID 150 0 4094 802 1p mo w Multicast VLAN ID 1 4094 Bridge Type IP_Bridged x Binding options SADI O Lanz O ssip1 Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 2 describes the parameters related to the WAN in bridge mode Table 5 2 Parameters related to the WAN in bridge mode Parameter Description Enable Indicates whether to enable the WAN connection Service List Indicates the service type of the WAN interface It is always set to INTERNET VLAN ID Indicates the VLAN ID It ranges from 1 to 4094 The VLAN ID must be the same as the CVLAN ID on the OLT 802 1p Indicates the 802 1p value It ranges from 0 to 7 MultiCast VLAN ID The multicast VLAN ID ranges from to 4094 The multicast VLAN ID must be the same as the multicast VLAN ID on the OLT Issue 02 2011 12 08
19. Binding options CANI O LAN2 O ssip1 Apply Cancel 3 Click Apply to apply the configuration Step 3 Save the configuration Choose System Tools gt Configuration File from the navigation tree In the right pane click Save Configuration System Tools gt Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File Ifyou enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File Step 4 Check the ONT connection status In the navigation tree choose Status gt WAN Information In the right pane Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 219 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Status gt WAN Information On this page you can query the connection status and line status of the WAN interface IP Acquisition Subnet e WAN Name Status IP Address VLAN Priority MAC Address Connect Mode Mask 1_INTERNET_R_VID_10 Disconnected PPPoE 192 168 1152 255 255 255 0 104 78 1D BA 3C 9F 34 AlwaysOn End Result
20. EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal V100R002C06 amp C07 Service Manual Issue 02 Date 2011 12 08 Wz HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD HUAWEI Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 2011 All rights reserved No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd Trademarks and Permissions uawa and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders Notice The purchased products services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer All or part of the products services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope Unless otherwise specified in the contract all statements information and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties guarantees or representations of any kind either express or implied The information in this document is subject to change without notice Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents but all statements information and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind express or implied Huawei Technologies Co Ltd Address Huawei Industria
21. Specify the native VLAN for the ONT port ETH port 3 on the ONT is connected to the STB and the native VLAN of the port is VLAN 30 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont port native vlan 1 1 eth 3 vlan 30 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont port native vlan 1 2 eth 3 vlan 30 Configure a traffic profile Youcan run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system Ifthe traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile The profile ID is 10 no rate limitation in the upstream and downstream directions the priority is 4 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried huawei config if gpon 0 1 quit huawei config traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority policy tag In Package Create service ports Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 187 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 10 11 12 13 14 15 Set the service port indexes to 5 and 6 SVLAN ID to 1000 GEM port ID to 3 and CVLAN ID to 30 Use traffic profile 10 huawei config service port 5 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 3 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 huawei config service port 6 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 3 multi service user vla
22. Status VoIP Information On this page you can query the voice user list and status Sequence Register User Name Telephone Number User Status Call Status 1 80001234 Registering Idle 2 80001235 Registering Idle To restart the VoIP service click Restart VoIP Restart VoIP Step 6 Check the ONT connection status In the navigation tree choose Status gt WAN Information In the right pane Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 223 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Status gt WAN Information On this page you can query the connection status and line status of the WAN interface WAN Name Status IP Acquisition Mode IP Address Subnet Mask VLAN Priority MAC Address Connect 1_VOIP_R_VID_20 Connected DHCP 192 168 11 52 255 255 255 0 20 6 78 1D BA 3C 9F 34 AlwaysOn Step 7 Check the registration status of the voice user In the navigation tree choose Status gt VoIP Information In the right pane User Status is Up Status gt VoIP Information On this page you can query the voice user list and status Sequence Register User Name Telephone Number User Status Call Status 1 80001234 Up Idle 2 80001235 Up Idle To restart the VoIP service click Restart VoIP Restart VoIP End Result User with telephone number
23. V1R002C06 Ont EquipmentID 247 Ont autofind time z 2010 12 10 14259320 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 209 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Number v2 F S P O 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852901 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion V1R002C06 Ont EquipmentID 247 Ont autofind time 2010 12 10 14 59 12 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 L note If multiple ONTs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONTs you can add ONTs in batches by confirming the auto discovered ONTs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency For example the preceding command can be modified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 all sn auth omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 Optional Bind an alarm profile to the ONT In this example bind the default alarm profile namely alarm profile 1 to the ONT huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 Step 5 C
24. WLAN gt WLAN Configuration On this page you can set the WLAN parameters including the WLAN switch SSID configuration and channel selection Enable WLAN Basic Configration New Delete SSID Index SSIDName SSID State Associated Device Number Broadcast SSID Security Configuration l WirelessNet Enable 32 Enable Unconfigured SSID Configuration in Detail SSID Name WirelessNet Enable SSID Associated Device Number 32 z Broadcast SSID WMM Enable Authentication Mode Open o Encryption Mode None vl Apply Cancel Advance Configration Transmitting Power 100 v Regulatory Domain CHINA v Channel Auto xj Channel Width 20MHz v Mode DTIM Period 1 4 256 default 1 Beacon Period 100 m 0 1000ms default 100 RTS Threshold 2346 yte 2 yte default 2346 Frag Threshold 2346 346 byte default 2346 Apply Cancel c Click Apply to apply the configuration 2 Configure the parameters of the Layer 3 bridge WAN port In the navigation tree choose WAN gt WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed configure parameters of the WAN port as follows WAN Connection Enable Mode Bridge VLAN ID 40 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT 802 1p 1 Bridge Type PPPoE Bridged Binding options SSID1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidentia
25. 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 131 EchoLife HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service Classificati on SIP interface SIP NOTE The parameters of the SIP interface must be the same as the parameters on the softswitch SIP has many negotiation parameters and the parameters here are mandatory IP address of the primary When dual homing softswitch to which the SIP is configured the IP interface belongs address and the port 200 200 200 200 24 ID of the secondary softswitch must also be configured Port ID of the primary softswitch to which the SIP interface belongs 5060 Home domain of the SIP interface softx3000 huawei com User 1 Phone number 88001234 Authentication user name 88001234 softx3000 hua wei com Password iadtest1 User 2 Phone number 88001235 Authentication user name 88001235 softx3000 hua wei com Password iadtest2 3 3 2 Configuring the GPON FTTH Layer 2 Internet Access Service on the OLT CLI The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the high speed Internet access service Service Requirements The user PC is connected to the ONT through the LAN port in the PPPoE dialing mode The ONT is connected to the OLT and then to the upper layer network in the GPON mode to provide the high speed Internet acces
26. Add DBA Profile xj Profile Parameters Alias T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth v Assured Bandwidth Kbit s 128 1235456 128 Fixed Bandwidth kbit s 128 1235456 128 Maximum Bandwidth Kbitis 128 1235456 32768 Bandwidth Compensation No oe IL cee 2009 _ Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK Configure a line profile In a line profile a GEM port can be bound to up to eight service streams Ina GEM port different GEM connections need to be set up for different service streams In this example the mapping between GEM ports and MDU side services is implemented through VLANs and the service streams of each service are mapped to GEM port 1 In addition different GEM connections are set up for the management VLAN and the VLANs for the Internet voice and multicast services a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the Line Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Mapping Mode VLAN Qos
27. Check the registration status of the voice user In the navigation tree choose Status gt VoIP Information In the right pane User Status is Up Status gt VoIP Information On this page you can query the voice user list and status Sequence Line Name Telephone Number User Status Call Status Interface Status 1 AD Up Idle Inservice 2 Al Z wW Idle To restart the VoIP service click Restart VoIP Restart VoIP Configure the ONT on the U2000 CO note Some voice parameters cannot be configured on the NMS but can be configured by importing an XML configuration file For details about how to import an XML configuration file see 3 6 2 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the U2000 The following uses batch configurations of creating a value added service profile of the ONT as an example To configure an ONT on the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu 1 Log in to the NMS iManager U2000 V100R003C00 and start the FTP service 2 Configure the value added service profile of the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile gt ONT VAS Profile Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 160 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Ser
28. D In the navigation tree choose Security gt ACL Services On the right pane set HTTP WAN Enables to enable For details see Figure 4 6 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 283 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Figure 4 6 Enabling the access rights on the WAN Configure AS x HYWTC 201 1 v V1RO02C06 ind E 24 Config Info HTTP WAN Enable 4 2 a D z 4 o e ES D z 4 Layer 3 Forwarding Ej Unbind import Expor J ok J _cancei_ End Result Enter the configured static IP address in the address bar of the Internet Explorer The login Web page is displayed Enter the user name and password the default user name is telecomadmin and the default password is admintelecom The configuration page is displayed 4 5 Maintenance and Troubleshooting on the NMS This topic describes how to maintain and troubleshoot the ONT on the NMS 4 5 1 PPPoE Dialup Emulation After enabling PPPoE dialup emulation you can emulate PPPoE dialup on the ONT and locate faults Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 284 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Prerequisit
29. Indicate auto sensing 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet ports Tanita RJ 45 used for connecting to PCs or IP STBs Indicates the power on power off button used for powering on ON OFF or powering off the device TELL TEL2 Indicate VoIP telephone ports RJ 11 used for connecting to the ports on telephone sets POWER Indicates the power port used for connecting to the power adapter or backup battery Figure 2 14 Ports on the side panel of the HG8245 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd BBU USB WLAN WPS RESET EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Table 2 8 Descriptions of the ports on the side panel of the HG8245 Indicates the external backup battery monitoring port used for BBU eis connecting to the backup battery for monitoring the battery Indicates the USB host port used for connecting to a USB storage device Indicates the WLAN button used for enabling or disabling the WLAN function Indicates the WLAN data encryption switch Indicates the reset button Press the button for a short time to reset the device press the button for a long time longer than 10s to restore the device to the default settings and reset the device Ports on the HG8247 Figure 2 15 and Figure 2 16 show the ports on the rear panel and side panel of the HG8247 respectively Figure 2 15 P
30. Indicates whether to enable port mapping 5 7 3 PortTrigger Configuration 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose Forward Rules gt PortTrigger Configuration In the pane on the right click New In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters related to the port trigger as shown in Figure 5 27 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 326 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 27 PortTrigger Configuration Forward Rules gt Port Trigger Configuration On this page you can configure the range of the port thatis used for the LAN side applications to access the Internet and enable the port automatically New Delete WANName Status Trigger Port Open Port Trigger Protocol Open Protocol Enable Port Trigger WAN Name 1_INTERNET_R_VID_1 50 ba Trigger Protocol UDP v Open Protocol UDP M Trigger Start Port 200 F Trigger End Port 201 k Open Start Port 145 b Open End Port 146 i Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration The port trigger indicates that a specific Extranet port is automatically enabled when a corresponding Intranet port sends a packet and the packet is mapped to the Intranet port on the host A specific mapping packet is sent from the ONT through the Intranet so that specific packets of the Extranet can be mapp
31. Later E 247 Config Info Time C Services Voice Serice Portal EWAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding x EN ar mjojm oO SMETE O note The ONT multicast modes IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping conflict Only one mode is supported at a time Configure a routing policy a In the navigation tree choose Layer 3 Forwarding gt Policy Route Select Policy Route right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 201 EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration b Select Policy Route 1 and enter proper values Physical Port Name LAN3 WAN Interface Name WANI ONT IPTV x Profile Name ONT IPTV WendorID HWTC 2011 vir Terminal Type 247 wv Version V1R002C06 Later wie 247 Config Info Time Services GP WAN Device H LANDevice Parameter Name Parameter Value Policy Route Type SourcePhyPort Physical Port Name ALG Ability Security Eb Layer 3 Forwarding Policy Route Import JI Export JA OK Hf Cancel il Apply A note To bind a LAN port to a WAN port set Physical Port Name and WAN Interface Name The preceding figure shows that WAN 1 is bound to LAN 3 To bind a WAN port to
32. Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service Item Settings Remarks Type ONT value added Profile Name ONT VoIP The software services SIP Vendor ID HWTC 2011 version that supports SIP is Version V1R002C06 V1R002C07 WAN VLAN ID 20 Service Type VoIP Connection Type IP_Routed Priority 6 Signaling Protocol SIP Proxy Server 200 200 200 200 SIP Server Port 5060 Home Domain softx3000 huawei com Digitmap x S x Default User 1 Directory Number is 88001234 Auth User Name is 88001234 softx3000 hua wei com Auth Password is iadtest1 User 2 Directory Number is 88001235 Auth User Name is 88001235softx3000 huawe i com Auth Password is iadtest2 3 2 2 Configuring GPON FTTH Layer 2 Internet Access Service on the NMS This topic describes how to configure the high speed Internet service when an ONT is connected to an OLT through a GPON port Context For details of the data plan see Data Plan Example Network The PC gains access to the Internet in PPPoE dialup mode Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 36 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration The ONT is connected to the GPBC card of the OLT through an optical fiber The broadband remote access server BRAS provides the auth
33. Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference The MAC address lists of PCs in the network are saved on the ONT Configuring MAC filter rules enables the PCs that conform to the rules to access the Internet service or disables the PCs that do not conform to the rules to access the Internet service A PC may have more than one IP addresses but a unique MAC address Therefore configuring MAC filter rules effectively controls the Internet service access rights of PCs in a LAN Table 5 6 describes the parameters related to the MAC filter Table 5 6 Parameters related to the MAC address filter MAC address filter function Indicates whether to enable the MAC address filter function by clicking OPEN or CLOSE Filter Mode Indicates the MAC address filter rule of the blacklist or whitelist Blacklist indicates that the data meeting the rule in the filter rule list is not allowed to pass Whitelist indicates that the data meeting the rule in the filter rule list is allowed to pass The filter mode is global config mode Thus the blacklist and whitelist mode cannot be used at the same time Source MAC Address Indicates the source MAC address in the MAC address filter rule 5 5 3 URL Filter Configuration 1 Click the Security tab and then choose URL Filter Configuration from the navigation tree In the pane on the right after enabling URL filter and selecting t
34. Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 VolP statistics include RTP statistics and calling statistics This topic describes how to query and delete VoIP statistics The user is a user with the operator authority or higher The OLT and the NMS communicate with each other properly The NMS is able to discover an online ONT and VoIP service parameters are configured To query accurate VoIP statistics delete the original VoIP statistics first In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select a required record from the ONT list and then click the POTS User tab in the lower pane Query VoIP statistics 1 Select a record from the list right click and then choose Performance Statistic 2 In the dialog box that is displayed view the VoIP statistics as shown in the following figure Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 289 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Figure 4 11 Querying VoIP statistics Performance Statistic ackets Received Packet ytes Sent Byte ece
35. click YES in the dialog box New data will be automatically applied to the ONTs after the data changes are saved A CAUTION When configuring services on the U2560 do not modify the WAN interface connecting the U2560 and the ONT Otherwise the U2560 loses communication with the ONT Procedure Step 1 Log in to the U2560 and choose Subnet View gt TR069 Subnet from the navigation tree In the terminal list right click an ONT and choose Tools gt Configure in Real Time from the shortcut menu Step 2 Inthe Configure in Real Time dialog box set Root Node to Internet gateway device Step 3 Configure the parameters of the voice WAN interface 1 Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt WANDevice gt 1 gt WANConnectionDevice from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part to create an instance 2 Choose 2 gt WANIPConnection from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part Choose 1 from the navigation tree In the right pane set the parameters as follows Set Enable to 1 indicating that the WAN connection is enabled Set Connection Type to IP_Routed indicating that the connection type of the WAN interface is in routing mode Set Addressing Type to DHCP indicating that the WAN interface obtains IP addresses in DHCP mode Set X HW_SERVICELIST to VOIP indicating that the WAN interface provides the VoIP access service Set X_HW_VLAN to 20 indicating the VLAN ID of the WAN interface is 20 Set X_HW_PRI to 6
36. huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 3 2 vlan 30 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 quit Configure an ONT service profile Set the VLAN ID of ETH port 3 to 30 The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities ofHG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 184 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration d Product HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 port vlan eth 3 30 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 quit Optional Configure an alarm profile The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1 The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0 which indicates that no alarm is reported Jn this example the def
37. the ONT automatically recovers the configuration successfully Specify the native VLAN for the ONT port ETH port 1 on the ONT is connected to the PC and the native VLAN is VLAN 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont port native vlan 1 1 eth 1 vlan 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont port native vlan 1 2 eth 1 vlan 10 Configure a traffic profile Youcan run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system Ifthe traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile The profile ID is 8 the CIR is 4 Mbit s the priority is 1 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried huawei config if gpon 0 1 quit huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 1 priority policy tag In Package Create service ports Set the service port indexes to 1 and 2 SVLAN ID to 100 GEM port ID to 1 and CVLAN ID to 10 Use traffic profile 8 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 137 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration huawei config service port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port 2 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 9 Configure the q
38. vi Terminal Type 247 vir Version V1R002C06 Later vil E 247 Config Info Parameter Name Parameter Value Time User index 2 E Services E Voice Service E voice Service 1 Priority Enable nd E Interface Configuration E Interface 1 amp SIP H H248 Fax T38 FaxModem E User G User 1 g Physical Interface IGMP Portal G WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Import Export ok Cancel Apply Click OK to complete the configuration of the new profile Bind the value added service profile a In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select an ONT from the list right click and choose Bind VAS Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose the created profile and click OK to complete profile binding Configure ONT value added services a On the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu Configure parameters of the SIP based voice users Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 92 Copyright Huawei Technolo
39. 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 169 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration c d Configure an ONT service profile The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities ofHG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Product HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 quit Optional Configure an alarm profile The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1 The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0 which indicates that no alarm is reported Jn this example the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required Run the gpon alarm profile add command to configure an alarm profile which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONT line Add an ONT on the OLT The ONT is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through optical fibers The service can
40. 069 server Password initiates a connection request to the ONT ACS Password Indicates the password for the ONT to register with the TR 069 server 5 10 11 Advanced Power Management 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt Advanced Power Management In the pane on the right you can start the ONT energy conservation mode and set the power saving mode as shown in Figure 5 53 Figure 5 53 Advanced Power Management System Tools gt Advanced Power Management On this page you can set the power management mode of the ONT Enable power mode configuration Enable Check the box under Enable to continue to use the service while the system is in battery backup mode Service Type Enable USB M LAN F WLAN M VOICE wy CATY M Remote Management M Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration 5 10 12 Modify Login Password 1 Click the System Tools tab and then choose Modify Login Password from the navigation tree In the right pane change the password of the root user as shown in Figure 5 54 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 350 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 54 Modify Login Password System Tools gt Modify Login Password On this page you can change the password of the root user to ensure security and make it easy t
41. 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 107 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Add Virtual Uplink Port e Click Done 6 Configure a program profile on the OLT side a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose IGMP Profile from the navigation tree b Click the Program Profile tab and select the required device type from the Device Type drop down list c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name program Start IP Address 224 0 1 1 IP address of the multicast program End IP Address 224 0 1 1 Source IP Address 10 10 10 20 IP address of the multicast server Preview Profile 0 the default value Add Program Profile www booo foo e e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 108 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g Inthe dialog box that is displayed select the required OLT and click Next Then set VLAN ID to 1000 h Click OK 7 Configure a multicast us
42. 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Add ONT YAS Profile ONT HSI HWTC 2011 viroo2 06 Lat E 247 Config Info Time Services WAN Device EWAN Device 1 WAN Connection EWAN Connection 1 WAN PPP Interface lx L4 l e D z D z aia LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding f Configure a routing policy a Inthe navigation tree choose Layer 3 Forwarding gt Policy Route Select Policy Route right click and choose Add b Choose Policy Route 1 and enter proper values Physical Port Name LAN1 WAN Interface Name WAN1 ONT HSJ Add ORT VAS Profile XI ores o o O HHTO DIY 7 247 X V1R002C06 Later z E 247 Config Info Time SourcePhyPort F Services WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability WaNI ONT HS 7 Security Layer 3 Forwarding Fol Route A note To bind a LAN port to a WAN port set Physical Port Name and WAN Interface Name The preceding figure shows that WAN 1 is bound to LAN 1 To bind a WAN port to multiple LAN ports set Physical Port Name to LAN1 LANx For example to bind WAN 1 to LAN 1 and LAN 2 set Physical Port Name to LAN1 LAN2 g Click OK to complete the configuration of the new profile 3 Bind the value added service profile Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 149 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
43. 1 WLAN Configuration 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose WLAN gt WLAN Configuration In the pane on the right select the Enable WLAN option box In the dialog box that is displayed set the basic Wi Fi parameters including the SSID authentication mode and encryption mode as shown in Figure 5 16 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 314 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 16 WI FI Basic Configuration WLAN WLAN Configuration On this page you can set the WLAN parameters including the WLAN switch SSID configuration and channel selection Enable WLAN Basic Configration New Delete SSID Index SSIDName SSID State Associated Device Number Broadcast SSID Security Configuration 1 WirelessNet Enable 32 Enable Unconfigured SSID Configuration in Detail SSID Name WirelessNet Enable SSID Associated Device Number 32 Broadcast SSID WMM Enable Authentication Made Open x Encryption Mode None Apply Cancel Advance Configration Transmitting Power 100 x Regulatory Domain CHINA x Channel Auto x Channel Width 20MHz Mode DTIM Period 4 1 255 default 1 Beacon Period 100 ms 20 1000ms default 100 RTS Threshold 2346 Bytes 1 2346 byte default 2348 Frag Threshold 2346 Byte s 256 2346 byte default
44. 10 7 Log In the navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt Log In the pane on the right click Download log File In the dialog box that is displayed click Save specify the path of saving the log file and save the file to the local disk as shown in Figure 5 49 Figure 5 49 Log System Tools Log Enable and set the filter Level On this page you can set whether to save the log set the filter level and backup the log Save Log Filter Level Error v Apply Cancel Download or look over log You can look over the running log which you have backed up or download the log file to a local computer By clicking Download Log File you can download operation log files ofthe terminal to a local computer Download Log File gt Manufacturer Huawei Technologies Co Ltd ProductClass HG8247 SerialNumber 6877687700000001 IP 192 168 100 1 Hyvver1 2000011 svvVerV1 ROO2C04S902T Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 346 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 10 8 ONT Authentication In the navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt ONT Authentication In the pane on the right you can view or change the authentication mode for the registration of the ONT on the OLT as shown in Figure 5 50 p Figure 5 50 ONT Authentication v wv HUAWEI Status WAN LAN W
45. 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 1 Safety Precautions The power supply voltage of the device must meet the requirements on the input voltage of the device Keep power plugs clean and dry to avoid electric shocks or any other hazards Dry your hands before removing or inserting cables Stop the device and switch off the power before removing or inserting cables Switch off the power and remove all the cables including the power cable optical fibers and network cables from the device during periods of lightning activity Switch off the power and remove the power plug if the device needs to be shut down for a long time Protect the device from ingress of water or other liquids If such an accident occurs switch off the power immediately and remove all the cables including the power cable optical fibers and network cables from the device Contact the specified service center in the case of a device failure Do not stamp pull drag or excessively bend the cables because they may get damaged Damaged cables can cause a device failure Do not use the cables that are damaged or have deteriorated Do not look directly into the optical port on the device without eye protection The laser emitted from the optical port can injure your eyes In case of any abnormalities such as smoke abnormal sound or odor from the device immediately stop the device switch off the power and remove all cables in
46. 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 67 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 p Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 2 this parameter is set to 2 automatically VLAN ID 30 Multicast user side VLAN ID Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 cE ox _ cancel e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g Inthe dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 4 Configure a service profile The service profile type should be consistent with the actual ONT type The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities of HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 68 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Product Number of N
47. 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual About This Document Updates in Issue 01 2011 03 02 This is the first release for the HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 V100R002C06 amp CO07 It is the first archive Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual Contents Contents About This DOE skinner eea li i alee Toe NO ene ee ee 1 L GROIN IV eT EW a iene a a a 3 Zel Prodati MOU O E S E A E E aac ea aie 4 PE e I O E A E EEE P E N E E Rl 4 AA a EE T N E E E E E A ced E A N E etree E cere 7 2 Leo LEDE oriana E 17 2A Tepca Nemen k App CAOS eoir eir a e e E EaD Ea LE ES EE REE EEE RES 23 FConhe ahoi sane a A 28 SUBO TON oo HE e E E E e E E N 29 3 2 Connie the Service by Using the NMS siriarren aratan var aaa etree a ee oa A eee 31 EEE i A a Ech spiral ab E E E A E E E E E E A E A E E E 31 3 2 2 Configuring GPON FTTH Layer 2 Internet Access Service on the NMS ccececsseececneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 36 3 2 3 Configuring GPON FTTH Layer 3 Internet Access Service on the NMS eesesessessseessesessesessesessesesess 48 3 2 4 Configuring GPON FTTH Voice Service H 248 Protocol on the NMS sessssssssssesesesesssseseeesessesesese 62 3 2
48. 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx cher o tx etti 9 queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 000 cos queue map cos0 0 cosl 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save 3 3 5 Configuring the GPON FTTH VoIP Service SIP Protocol on the OLT CLI The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the IP based high quality and low cost VoIP service Service Requirements The ONT is connected to the SIP server through SIP The ONT obtains the IP address through DHCP Two phone sets are connected to two TEL ports of the ONT respectively and calls can be made between two phone sets Users of phone sets under different ONTs can call and communicate with each other The DBA mode of the VoIP service is assured bandwidth maximum bandwidth and no rate limitation is performed on the upstream and downstream traffic Table 3 8 Data plan S VLAN ID 200 S VLAN type smart VLAN Upstream port 0 19 0 C VLAN ID 20 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 167 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration ONT IDs and 2 IP address of the SIP server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the SIP server 5060 SIP registration domain name softx3000 huawei com Digitmap x S x Default SIP user phone number and password User Directory Number 88001234 Auth User N
49. 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 323 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 24 Policy Route Configuration Route gt Policy Route Configuration The policy route can be configured on this page This route is used to send the packets of certain services Internet IPTV to the OLT through a specific WAN New Delete Vendor ID WAN Name Vendor ID huawei Option60 for example VenderlD VenderlD VenderlD or VenderlD WAN Name 4_TRO69_VOIP_R_VID_ v Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration 5 7 Forward Rules This topic describes how to configure the DMZ port mapping and port trigger through the Web page 5 7 1 DMZ Configuration 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose Forward Rules gt DMZ Configuration In the pane on the right click New In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters related to the DMZ as shown in Figure 5 25 Figure 5 25 DMZ Configuration Forward Rules DMZ Configuration On this page you can configure the parameters of the DMZ device The DMZ device provides services for unreliable external accesses Itis a buffer between a secure system and an insecure system Ifthe WAN port is not listed in the port mapping table the application requests from the WAN connection are forwarded to the DMZ device New Delete WAN Name Enabl
50. 2346 Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 4 describes the basic Wi Fi parameters Table 5 4 Basic Wi Fi parameters Parameter Description Enable WLAN Indicates whether to enable the wireless network The following parameters can be set only when the wireless network is enabled SSID Indicates the name of the wireless network It is used to differentiate different wireless networks It consists of a maximum of 32 characters without space or Tab character A default SSIDI named WirelessNet is created after the creation of an ONT The system can configure up to four SSIDs at a time and cannot assign IP addresses to Wi Fi terminals by SSID Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 315 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Parameter Description Associated Device Specifies the number of STAs It ranges from 1 to 32 Number Broadcast Ssid Indicates whether to enable or hide broadcast Ifthe option box is selected it indicates that the SSID broadcast function is enabled The ONT periodically broadcasts the SSID that is the name of the wireless network In this way any STA can search for the wireless network If the option box is not selected it indicates that the SSID broadcast function is disabled The SSID is hidden and the STA cannot search for the wireless
51. 248 After the POTS port is configured with parameters for the caller emulation test and is enabled with the caller emulation test the offhook and dialing emulation can be performed on the POTS port If the called number is correct and the callee is free the phone of the caller is ringing After picking up the phone the callee hears his her own voice Impact on the System After a POTS port is enabled with the caller emulation test services carried on the POTS port are interrupted These services will be recovered after caller emulation is complete Procedure Step 1 Inthe Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer Step 2 In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management Step 3 In the window on the right choose GPON ONU Step 4 On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Step 5 Select a required record from the ONT list and then click the The Ont s UNI Port Info tab in the lower pane Step 6 Selecta record from the list whose UNI Type is Pots right click and choose Caller Emulation Test from the shortcut menu Step 7 In the dialog box that is displayed set Callee Number as shown in the following figure Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 291 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Servic
52. 500 0 19 0 Step 2 Enables ARP proxy For different users of the same SVLAN because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other the voice media streams cannot interchange normally Therefore the ARP proxy function of the OLT needs to be enabled Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 206 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration huawei config arp proxy enable huawei huawei config interface vlanif 200 config if vlanif200 arp proxy enable huawei config if vlanif200 quit Step 3 Configure GPON ONT profiles GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile line profile service profile and alarm profile DBA profile A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound toa DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate Line profile A line profile describes the binding between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONT side service Service profile A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONT that is managed through OMCI Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines When a statistical value reaches the threshold the
53. 88001234 can call user 2 with telephone number 88001235 and the communication between them is normal The communication is also normal for user 2 s calling user 1 Check whether the voice communication between users using different ONTs is normal 3 4 6 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service on the Web Page This topic provides an example of how to configure the H 248 based voice service on the Web page Prerequisite The Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONTs are enabled by running the OLT commands For details see Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLI You have established the environment for logging in to the Web page for service configuration and have successfully logged in to the Web page For details see 3 4 3 Locally Logging in to the Web Interface Two telephone sets must be available and each must be connected to ports TEL1 and TEL2 respectively on the ONT Context CO note Some voice parameters cannot be configured on the Web page but can be configured by importing an XML configuration file For details about how to import an XML configuration file see 3 6 1 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the Web Page Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 224 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Procedure Step 1 Confi
54. Authentication Mode SN Terminal Type 247 Software Version V1R002C06 or V1R002C07 021 X X ONT m o f ONT X FTTx FTTx SN X 6877687714852901 HWTC 2011 M 247 X Y1R002C06 M K Cancel Apply Click OK Configure the Internet service The prerequisite for performing operations in the navigation tree is to navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT To navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT do as follows In the Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 56 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu 1 Configure a service VLAN on the OLT side A service VLAN is the VLAN used for the Internet service a Choose VLAN from the navigation tree b On the VLAN tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c Inthe dialog box that is displayed set the parameters VLAN ID 100 Type Smart VLAN Attribute Stacking Configure VLAN 100 D_100 Smart VLAN bd Stacking Unconfigured x Back Next Done Cancel d Click Next Click the Upstream Port tab and add upstream port 0 19 0 as the upstream port of the VLAN E Physical Port List SubPort List amp i Frame 0 a
55. EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select an ONT from the list right click and choose Bind VAS Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose the created profile and click OK to complete profile binding 4 Configure the ONT value added service a On the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu Configure the user name and password for PPPoE dialup In the navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection gt WAN Connection 1 gt WAN PPP Interface gt WAN PPP Interface 1 Select WAN PPP Interface 1 and set User Name to iadtest pppoe and Password to iadtest The user name and password must be the same as those configured on the BRAS x Profile Name ONT HSI Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 Version V1R002C06 Activated Status Aactivated Result c End E 247 Config Info Time Services E WAN Device E WAN PPP Interface NAN PPP Interface 1 LANDevice ALG A
56. Export OK Cancel Apply e Configure parameters of a WAN port a Inthe navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection Select WAN Connection right click and choose Add IP Connection from the shortcut menu b Select WAN IP Interface 1 and enter or select a proper value WAN Interface Name ONT IPTV WAN Enable enable Connection Type IP_Bridged VLAN ID 30 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Priority 4 MultiCast VLAN ID 1000 The multicast VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the multicast VLAN ID configured on the OLT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 200 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration f Configure multicast parameters a Add OWT YAS Profile E 24 Config Info Time Services WAN Device WAN Device 1 LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding a SSeS WAN Connection WAN Connection 1 WAN IP Interface EAN IP Interface INT IPT P_Bridged INTERNET JEA 2 e o UZUGI 4jaia In the navigation tree choose Services gt IGMP Select IGMP and enter proper values WAN Port IGMP Switch Enable Proxy Switch Disable Snooping Switch Enable Add ONT VAS Profile ONT IPTV V1R002C06
57. FTTH Layer 3 Bridge Multicast Service on the NMS This topic describes how to configure the multicast service when an ONT is connected to an OLT through a GPON port Prerequisite The OLT must be added to the U2000 Example Network The ONT is connected to the OLT in Layer 3 bridge mode The OLT uses IGMP proxy which is a Layer 2 multicast protocol The IGMP version of the multicast VLAN is IGMPv3 Multicast programs are configured statically Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 110 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Figure 3 6 Configuring the GPON FTTH multicast service a U2000 Multicast Source LAN Switch OLT Optical splitter ONT STB TV Procedure Add the ONT to the U2000 in profile mode 1 Configure an MEF IP traffic profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose Traffic Profile from the navigation tree b Click the MEF IP Traffic Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 111 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Servi
58. Flowchart and Methods This topic describes the general troubleshooting flowchart and the methods of preliminarily locating faults Context Figure 4 1 shows the general troubleshooting flowchart Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 274 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Figure 4 1 General troubleshooting flowchart Locate the fault preliminarily Check the optical fiber status Check the ONT status Check the device statistics Check the data Configuration on the device Check the upper layer device status Procedure Step 1 Locate a fault preliminarily Find the fault location and determine the cause of the fault Table 4 2 lists the possible causes during preliminary fault locating Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 275 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Table 4 2 Locate a fault preliminarily Fault Type Possible Cause ONT registration failure The PON terminal goes online in an incorrect mode The optical fiber connected to the ONT is of poor quality or is loosely connected The optical power of the ONT is not within the normal range The minimum and maximum logical distances configured on the O
59. For example the preceding command can be modified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 all sn auth omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 c Optional Bind an alarm profile to the ONT In this example bind the default alarm profile namely alarm profile 1 to the ONT huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 Confirm that the ONT goes online normally After an ONT is added run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT Ensure that Control flag of the ONT is active Run State is online Config state is normal and Match state is match huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont info 1 1 F S P 0 1 1 ONT ID 1 Control flag active Indicates that the ONT is activated Run state online Indicates that the ONT goes online normally Config state normal Indicates that the configuration status of the ONT is normal Match state match Indicates that the capability profile bound to Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 155 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT The rest of the response information is omitted If the ONT state fails the ONT fails to be in the up state
60. HG8247 only Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 354 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 7 Acronyms and Abbreviations ALG BRAS CATV DBA DHCP DMZ DNS DoS FTP FTTH GPON HTTP IGMP ISP LAN MAC NAPT NAT NMS OLT OMCI PON PPPoE Acronyms and Abbreviations Application Level Gateway Broadband Remote Access Server Community Antenna Television Dynamic Bandwidth Assignment Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Demilitarized Zone Domain Name Server Denial of Service File Transfer Protocol Fiber To The Home Gigabit capable Passive Optical Network Hyper Text Transport Protocol Internet Group Management Protocol Internet Service Provider Local Area Network Media Access Control Network Address and Port Translation Network Address Translation Network Management System Optical Line Terminal Optical Network Termination Management and Control Interface Passive Optical Network Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 355 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 7 Acronyms and Abbreviations PSTN SIP SOHO SSID STB TCP TKIP UDP UPnP URL VLAN VoIP WLAN WEP WPA WPS Public Switched Telephone Network Session Initiation Protocol S
61. InternetGatewayDevice gt Service gt VoiceService gt 1 gt VoiceProfile gt 1 gt Line from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part Choose 2 gt X_HW_H248 from the navigation tree In the right pane set LineName to A1 indicating that the TID of H 248 voice user 2 is Al The user telephone number set on the MGC is 88001235 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 256 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic w p ada JE Dette a Step 7 Restart the voice process Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt Services gt VoiceService gt 1 gt VoiceProfile gt 1 from the navigation tree In the right pane set Reset to 1 indicating that the voice process will be restarted Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 257 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic s SignalingProtocol H248 Region CN DTMFMethod InBand DigitMap x S x X_HW_DigitMapMatchMode X_HW_PortName X_HW_OverseaVer X_HW_HowlerSendFiag X_HW _InterfaceState SS Step 8 Click OK after the configuration End Result User 1 with telephone num
62. Name ONT VoIP Terminal Type 247 Activated Status Aactivated VendorID HYNTC 2011 Version V1R002C06 E 247 Config Info Time E Services E Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface Configuration E Interface 1 W SIP f H248 H RTP FaxT38 FaxModem User W User 1 User 2 E SIP H248 H Codec Physical Interface IGMP E Portal E WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security 24 SIP Calling Features Unbind L Switch to Current ONT Task Export ok Cancel M note The terminal IDs AO and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC Click OK In the dialog box that is displayed click OK The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT The caller hears the dialing tone after taking the phone off the hook When the caller dials the telephone number of the callee the phone of the callee rings successfully and the caller hears the ring back tone The caller and the callee communicate with each other successfully After the callee hangs up the caller hears the busy tone This topic describes how to configure the voice service when an ONT is connected to an OLT through a GPON port Example Network The phones connected to different ONTs can communicate with each other The ONT obtains an IP address in DHCP mode Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidenti
63. ONU ID 0 ONU Type ONT On the Basic Parameters tab page set the parameters Line Profile FTTx click Inext to Line Profile and select the line profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Service Profile FTTx click EJ next to Service Profile and select the service profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Authentication Mode SN Terminal Type 247 Software Version V1R002C06 or V1R002C07 021 X X ONT m o f ONT X FTTx FTTx SN X 6877687714852901 HWTC 2011 M 247 X Y1R002C06 M K Cancel Apply Click OK Configure the multicast service The prerequisite for performing operations in the navigation tree is to navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT To navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT do as follows In the Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 103 EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu 1 Configuring the Information About the ETH Port of a GPON ONU a Choose GPON gt GPON Management from the navigation tree b On the GPON ONU tab page set the filter criteria or click to display the GPON ONUs c Inthe information list right click the ONT record where Fram
64. PPPoE user name iadtest pppoe password iadtest 802 1p 1 NAT function enable Bound port SSID1 For configuring HSI service or Wi Fi service Internet or a combination containing Internet must be selected as the service type For configuring VoIP service VoIP ora combination containing VoIP must be selected as the service type The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT PPPoE must use the same user name and password as the upper layer BRAS The HSI service involves the Layer 2 Layer 3 bridge and Layer 3 routing modes In the Layer 2 mode all configurations are required only on the OLT The application mode of the Layer 3 bridge mode is similar to the Layer 2 mode It is recommended that you use the Layer 2 mode The Wi Fi service does not support the Layer 2 mode Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 214 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configurat Data Item Detailed Data Remarks ion Item VoIP service SIP IP address of the primary The software version that data parameters server 200 200 200 200 supports SIP is V100R002C06 Port ID of the primary server 5060 Home domain name softx3000 huawei com Digitmap x S x Default User 1 Phone number 88001234 Authentication
65. Port messages 7 z Select Media for voice signaling The media portis same with Media Port signaling port when itis empty Region on China Apply Cancel b Configured the User Basic Parameters Figure 5 38 User Basic Parameters Configuration SIP protocol User Basic Parameters On this page you can setthe basic parameters for the voice users New Delete Sequence Register User Name Auth User Name Password Associated POTS x cama 1 E 2 ER zo RRRRERE 2 Enable User E Register User Name 80001234 Telphone Number Associated POTS 1 e Auth User Name 234 sofx3000 huawei com The length must be between 0 64 Password ecccccce The length must be between 0 64 Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 13 describes the parameters used for configuring a VoIP interface based on the SIP protocol Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 335 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Table 5 13 Parameters used for configuring a VoIP interface based on the SIP protocol Proxy Server Address Indicates the IP address provided by the ISP of the primary SIP proxy server Proxy Server Port Indicates the ID provided by the ISP of the port used for communication between the primary SIP proxy server and the VoIP terminal The ID ranges from 1 to
66. Remote Maintenance and Troubleshooting on the Web Page This topic describes how to remotely maintain and troubleshoot the ONT on the Web page 4 5 Maintenance and Troubleshooting on the NMS This topic describes how to maintain and troubleshoot the ONT on the NMS 4 6 Maintenance and Troubleshooting on the OLT CLI This topic describes how to maintain and troubleshoot the ONT on the OLT CLI Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 273 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4 1 Frequently Used Methods for Troubleshooting This topic describes how to locate faults on the Web page on the U2000 and on the OLT CLI Table 4 1 shows the methods for locating faults on the Web page on the U2000 and on the OLT CLI Table 4 1 Fault location methods Fault Location Method Fault Location Method Detail Remote Web 4 4 1 Remotely Logging in to the Web Page U2000 4 5 1 PPPoE Dialup Emulation 4 5 2 Querying the Physical State of a POTS Port 4 5 3 Querying the Status of a VoIP User 4 5 4 Querying and Deleting VoIP Statistics 4 5 5 Caller Emulation Test 4 5 6 Callee Emulation Test 4 5 7 Automatic Emulation Test 4 5 9 VoIP Loop Line Test 4 5 8 Local Loopback and Remote Loopback on a POTS Port OLT CLI 4 6 1 Querying and Deleting Performance Statistics of an ETH Port 4 2 General Troubleshooting
67. SN 6877687714852900 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion V1R002C06 Ont EquipmentID 247 Ont autofind time 2010 12 10 14 59 10 Number 2 F S P O 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852901 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion V1R002C06 Ont EquipmentID 247 Ont autofind time x 2010 l2 10 1435912 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 note If multiple ONTs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONTs you can add ONTs in batches by confirming the auto discovered ONTs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency For example the preceding command can be modified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 all sn auth omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 Optional Bind an alarm profile to the ONT In this example bind the default alarm profile namely alarm profile 1 to the ONT huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 Confirm that the ONT goes online normally After an ONT is added run the display ont info command to query the current status o
68. Traffic Profile from the navigation tree b Click the MEF IP Traffic Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx CIR 20480 Outer Priority 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 49 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g Add BEF IP Traffic Profile 0480 67360 0960 312720 Assign Priority Assign Priority Local Setting color blind Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 2 Configure a DBA profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the DBA Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth Maximum Bandwidth 32768 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 50 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g
69. Uplink Port Info VLAN ID 1 4095 1000 gi Cancel Apply e Click Done 5 Configure a program profile on the OLT side a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose IGMP Profile from the navigation tree b Click the Program Profile tab and select the required device type from the Device Type drop down list c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name program Start IP Address 224 0 1 1 IP address of the multicast program End IP Address 224 0 1 1 Source IP Address 10 10 10 20 IP address of the multicast server Preview Profile 0 the default value Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 122 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Add Program Profile 10 10 10 20 no grade C ok _ cancer anny e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g Inthe dialog box that is displayed select the required OLT and click Next Then set VLAN ID to 1000 h Click OK 6 Configure a multicast user on the OLT side To enable user authentication select Enable Authorization To add a rights profile and apply it to NEs choose
70. VLAN ID is 1000 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 1000 huawei config vlan 1000 smart huawei config port vlan 1000 0 19 0 2 Optional Configure upstream link aggregation In this example a single upstream port is used In the case of multiple upstream ports upstream link aggregation can be configured For details see Configuring Upstream Link Aggregation 3 Configure GPON ONT profiles GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile line profile service profile and alarm profile Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 183 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration DBA profile A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate Line profile A line profile describes the binding between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONT side service Service profile A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONT that is managed through OMCI Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines When a statistical value reaches the threshold the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the l
71. a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree b Click the Service Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Number of Pots Ports 2 Number of ETH Ports 4 Number of CATV Ports 1 A Name FTTx Alias Configuration Base Info UNI Port Name Number of Pots Ports 0 8 Number of TDM Ports 0 8 0 TDM Port Type E1 Service Type of TDM Port TDOMoverGEM Number of MOCA Ports 0 8 0 MAC Address Learning Swit ON Transparent Transmission OFF Multicast Mode Unconcern Multicast forward mode Untag Multicast forward VLAN 1 40 Upstream IGMP packet forw Unconcern Upstream IGMP packet forw Upstream IGMP Packet For Value gt ok Cancel Apply e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 5 Confirm the ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 117 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8
72. and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File Configure the ONT on the U2000 Layer 3 bridge mode is used for connecting the ONT to the upper layer device and parameters of a WAN port must be configured The following uses batch configurations of creating a value added service profile of the ONT as an example To configure an ONT on the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu 1 Log in to the NMS iManager U2000 V100R003C00 and start the FTP service 2 Configure the value added service profile of the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile gt ONT VAS Profile On the ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set relevant parameters Profile Name ONT IPTV Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 Version V1R002C06 Later Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 198 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration x ONT IPT HYVVTC 2011 v 247 X v1R002C06 Later x E 24 Config In
73. be configured only after an ONT is successfully added on the OLT Two ONTs are connected to GPON port 0 1 1 The ONT IDs are 1 and 2 the SNs are 6877687714852900 and 6877687714852901 the management mode is OMCI and ONT line profile 10 and service profile 10 are bound to the two ONTs a Add an ONT offline If the password or SN of an ONT is obtained you can run the ont add command to add the ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 170 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Automatically find an ONT If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown run the port portid ont auto find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONT auto find function of the GPON port Then run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont autofind 1 After this command is executed the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed Number sod F S P zo OZEL Ont
74. be imported as shown in the following figure Figure 3 13 Importing the XML configuration file E HWTC 2011 v V1RO02C06 v Parameter Name ParameterValue Layer 3 Forwarding mi Unbind import J _Exeor ok _ Cancei_ g Select Switch to ONT Load Task and click OK to issue the XML configuration file to the ONT on the U2000 The configurations take effect without the requirement of restarting the ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 269 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure ONTs in batches 1 Adda value added service profile of the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the displayed tab page choose PON Profile gt ONT VAS Profile b On the ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and then choose Add from the shortcut menu c Inthe dialog box that is displayed set relevant parameters Profile Name ONT XML Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 Version V1R002C06 Later CO note If a proper value added service profile of the ONT is available select it and this operation is not required 2 Export the XML configuration files In the Add ONT VAS Profile dialog box click Export to export the XML configuration files as shown in the following figure Fig
75. connected to the optical splitter and the network side OLT through the PON port namely the OPTICAL port to provide integrated access services Inthe downstream direction the HG8447 is connected to various terminals through the following LAN side ports to implement the triple play service One CATV port which can be connected to a TV set to provide high quality CATV service transmission Four 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet ports which can be connected to terminals such as PCs STBs and video phones to provide the high speed data and video services Four TEL ports which can be connected to telephone sets or fax machines to provide superior and cost effective VoIP FoIP and MolP services Two Wi Fi antennas which can connect to Wi Fi terminals wirelessly to provide a secure and reliable high speed wireless network One USB port which can be connected to a USB storage device to provide convenient storage and file sharing services within a home network Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 27 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration About This Chapter Context This topic describes how to configure services through the NMS the OLT CLI the Web page or the U2560 CO note The procedures for configuring HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 are similar The fol
76. connecting to the power adapter or backup battery Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Table 2 4 Descriptions of the ports on the side panel of the HG8110 Indicates the power button It is used to power on or power off the device Indicates the reset button Press the button for a short time to reset the device press the button for a long time longer than 10s to restore the device to the default settings and reset the device Ports on the HG8240 Figure 2 11 and Figure 2 12 show the ports on the rear panel and side panel of the HG8240 respectively Figure 2 11 Ports on the rear panel of the HG8240 Table 2 5 Descriptions of the ports on the rear panel of the HG8240 Indicates the optical port The optical port is equipped with a rubber plug and is connected to an optical fiber for upstream OPTICAL transmission The type of the optical connector connected to the OPTICAL port is SC APC LANI LAN4 Indicate auto sensing 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet ports RJ 45 used for connecting to PCs or IP set top boxes STBs TELL TEL2 Indicate VoIP telephone ports RJ 11 used for connecting to the ports on telephone sets Indicates the power on power off button used for powering on ON OFF f or powering off the device POWER Indicates the power port us
77. describe the Web pages after the H 248 protocol and the SIP protocol are loaded Device software version V100R002C00 supports the SIP protocol Device software version V100R002C01 supports the H 248 protocol 5 9 1 VoIP Interface Configuration Configuring VoIP Interface SIP Protocol 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose Voice gt VoIP Interface Configuration In the pane on the right parameters of a VoIP interface can be configured including the IP addresses of the primary server and secondary server and digitmap a Configured the Interface Basic Parameters Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 334 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 37 Interface Basic Parameters Configuration SIP protocol Voice VoIP Basic Configuration Interface Basic Parameters You can set the voice interface basic parameters Primary Proxy Address 172 23 11 11 P or Domain Primary Proxy Port fsoe0 t lt i S S S SCS S HDS Standby Proxy Address O 1 P o Domain Standby Proxy Port o0 1 565535 Home Domain fsoR3000 huawei com IP or Domain Local Port E 77 7 TOO 2 Digitmap A Digitmap Match Mode Min hi Registration Period 600 Uints 1 65534 ee 2_voIP_R_VID_200 7 Select the name of the WAN that will carry the voice signaling Signaling
78. e Eai 324 1r LOMA Cone Ur IO I ia uxonvcin sper sremnatie ERE EE aP ett es ets OH NR 324 BM Seine selec cle a RECs 9 prao eaea eee en eevee en Vineet re renee EAEE 325 37 3 Porn Trigger Comite eth OU ge case sextet seas ane ae Ea aE i an a damn EE eamanee a Mele adeeb EREA 326 cg cia vasid Weds ci e210 6 0 aed nme tenet E A terrane ern centers tet teertrrte TE 328 Fee PLE sR rm mn etcetera ene etre Pe tea eee LO OAA A rate eT ee E E ee cee ar AA E ree 328 30 2 ALG Conk gurahiotis ccawisauiniawia elena lal iui UAE Ra 329 Sane POP Conna gurar eed eee EREDE ESERE eR Ge 329 A Oe ee age SECU Tee 8 PAE Oe tet ea er eee ann met een nee E ene ary EE N E A Un ery nee E ery 330 3 0 9 Portal 1 ciara tas aeaa onccna iotiesseu lenin te ince EAE A AE A 331 See DDING Ceri SUre Oi T cnet nee perme eR T 331 RE E E O T E A AN 332 3 8 6 QoS Confiem Oide aneao ee e E ai Ea kae ar e A Rue 333 a ED TE E E A D PE eee 333 A A E A AA AAA A A N E AA E A AE A T N E T E E A 334 39 1 YalP Interi Cone ural e eaan Eaa EE EAEE E EE AEREE 334 eN D E TA E e E A A A A S T a eee ee TT 341 a T a r VEU CRT ener aah ve Cnr ratte ert oom reer error 342 SENT PSO E E E A E E E AE E E E anid E eae aimee tenes te kas 343 P A A Eo A e A AE A E ere tt O A A O NOLE D A N 343 e oe DE DAE CIA A E oS E E PAE ye A A E A E E ater E A A E rer rer arya 344 3104 Firma rere Upra Eceran eaea e EAR TAEA E AE ROEA 344 S10 Kestore Dermilt Conf ural Oi essei niran narenn nae E SKa EKETA ES ENE EARS AE EP
79. f Click Done Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 71 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 2 Add a service virtual port on the OLT side a d On the VLAN tab page select the record where VLAN ID is set to 200 and click the ServicePort tab in the lower pane In the information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name VOIP VIAN Choice Smart VLAN Connection Type LAN GPON when the physical port is a GPON port or LAN EPON when the physical port is an EPON port Interface Selection 0 2 1 0 1 when the connection type is LAN GPON or 0 2 1 0 when the connection type is LAN EPON Vlan ID 200 SVLAN ID Service Type Multi Service VLAN User VLAN 20 CVLAN ID Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same selected Upstream Traffic Name FTTx VoIP LAN GPON mm mj Smart VLAN x 0424 140 1 ka Multi Service VLAN 200 m 20 x ra FTTx FTTx OK Cancel Apply Click OK 3 Configure the value added service profile of the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile gt ONT VAS Profile On the ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and choos
80. from the ONT gi ab i r from the OLT As shown in Figure 4 2 the PPM 350B optical power meter is different from common optical power meters Specifically the PPM 350B has a downstream input optical port and an upstream Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 279 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting input optical port and can display the optical power of three wavelengths 1310 nm 1490 nm and 1550 nm Figure 4 3 shows the common measurement points Figure 4 3 Measurement points of the optical power in the GPON network Ao See ee Your tig gt x a 4f Patch Parve Maintenance engineers should also know related optical specifications on the ONT side such as the maximum output optical power of the 1310 nm wavelength minimum input optical power of the 1490 nm wavelength and receiver sensitivity of the 1490 nm or 1550 nm wavelength Table 4 3 lists the optical specifications on the ONT side Table 4 3 Optical specifications of optical ports on GPON ONTs Wavelength Unit Min nm 1310 dBm 1490 dBm 28 1550 dBm To use an optical power meter do as follows Parameter Type Upstream data Downstream data Downstream CATV Connect optical fibers to optical ports correctly in upstream and downstream directions Turn on the power supply Choose the me
81. host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS Configure a DBA profile Run the display dba profile command to query the existing DBA profiles in the system If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirement run the dba profile add command to create a DBA profile HSI service Set the DBA profile ID to 10 type to type4 and maximum bandwidth to 100 Mbit s VoIP service Set the DBA profile ID to 20 type to Type3 assured bandwidth to 15 Mbit s and maximum bandwidth to 30 Mbit s Wi Fi service Set the DBA profile ID to 30 type to type4 and maximum bandwidth to 200 Mbit s U2560 management channel Set the DBA profile ID to 40 type to Type2 assured bandwidth to 15 Mbit s huawei config dba profile add profile id 10 type4 max 102400 huawei config dba profile add profile id 20 type3 assure 30720 max 102400 huawei config dba profile add profile id 30 type4 max 204800 huawei config dba profile add profile id 40 type2 assure 30720 Configure an ONT line profile Create GPON ONT line profile 10 HSI service Bind the T CONT which ID is 1 to DBA profile 10 VoIP service Bind the T CONT which ID is 2 to DBA profile 20 Wi Fi service Bind the T CONT which ID is 3 to DBA profile 30 U2560 management channel Bind the T CONT which ID is 4 to DBA profile 40 huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 1 db
82. iI 80001234 Registering Idle 2 80001235 Registering Idle To restart the VoIP service click Restart VoIP Restart VoIP 7 Check the ONT connection status In the navigation tree choose Status gt WAN Information In the right pane Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Status gt WAN Information On this page you can query the connection status and line status of the WAN interface WAN Name Status IP Acquisition Mode IP Address Subnet Mask VLAN Priority MAC Address Connect 1_VOIP_R_VID_20 Connected DHCP 192 168 11 52 255 255 255 0 20 6 78 1D BA 3C 9F 34 AlwaysOn 8 Check the registration status of the voice user In the navigation tree choose Status gt VoIP Information In the right pane User Status is Up Status gt VoIP Information On this page you can query the voice user list and status Sequence Register User Name Telephone Number User Status Call Status 1 80001234 Up Idle a 80001235 Up Idle To restart the VoIP service click Restart VoIP Restart VoIP Configure the ONT on the U2000 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 176 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration L note Some voice parameters cannot be configured on the NMS but can be configured by importing an XML configuration file For details about how to import an XML configu
83. in to the U2560 and choose Subnet View gt TR069 Subnet from the navigation tree In the terminal list right click an ONT and choose Tools gt Configure in Real Time from the shortcut menu Step 2 Inthe Configure in Real Time dialog box set Root Node to Internet gateway device Step 3 Configure the parameters of the voice WAN interface 1 Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt WANDevice gt 1 gt WANConnectionDevice from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part to create an instance 2 Choose 2 gt WANIPConnection from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part Choose 1 from the navigation tree In the right pane set the parameters as follows Set Enable to 1 indicating that the WAN connection is enabled Set Connection Type to IP_Routed indicating that the connection type of the WAN interface is in routing mode Set Addressing Type to DHCP indicating that the WAN interface obtains IP addresses in DHCP mode Set X HW_SERVICELIST to VOIP indicating that the WAN interface provides the VoIP access service Set X_HW_VLAN to 20 indicating the VLAN ID of the WAN interface is 20 Set X_HW_PRI to 6 indicating that the priority level of the WAN interface is 6 M note Ifthe WAN interface obtains IP addresses in static or DHCP mode choose WANIPConnection to set parameters of the voice WAN interface Ifthe WAN interface obtains IP addresses in PPPoE mode choose WANPPPConnection to set parameters of the
84. indicates that no alarm is reported Jn this example the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required Run the gpon alarm profile add command to configure an alarm profile which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONT line Add an ONT on the OLT The ONT is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through optical fibers The service can be configured only after an ONT is successfully added on the OLT Two ONTs are connected to GPON port 0 1 1 The ONT IDs are 1 and 2 the SNs are 6877687714852900 and 6877687714852901 the management mode is OMCI and ONT line profile 10 and service profile 10 are bound to the two ONTs a Add an ONT offline If the password or SN of an ONT is obtained you can run the ont add command to add the ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 Automatically find an ONT If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown run the port portid ont auto find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONT auto find function of the GPON port Then run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable Issue 02 2011 12 08
85. ir ty OMT raePerer Voor etree tomes Viere ee 306 Ia WAN ass a ics t4 aoa sa daa tac dak seta ocarpde Late cd ce ap Lee ean ea de Lacoste tae Lana aaa Late Eda Rea as 307 52 1 ON CORE BUPA a eae eee ERE ER eR ee EERE 307 Cee E Se ee en E eB E AE ry A A TE Pr A ne eR E er Rett AA RT ee ae rer ener ener ret 310 Sal LAN Port Work Phe os 5 sesso ak ao tea dien de pasanaidavde veeedand ahaa senda enable sabe ssade iA 310 Soe CAN POR Ae I AOI eair Ea ap AON EEEE He AE ee EO 311 pi re MEP Ora a CIC O E trent iti ert ereevnren ernest 311 IA WLAN sss heidi acca tan aha nee en ee ee eases 314 See 1 OE ST BRIO RRE EE P T A P AE ene P A mR EEE EE 314 SEDs ic it E EE coer ber ener EE ner Caran ert ao AEE A T VP re Nene Miler irl cr A AA mere matter Lineman Tt 317 S21 IP Filter Cont soratioitasciiiaciinaiiiienrimiunn aaa eE EEA EE 317 TA MAE Filler Conn Niet peiie uA i etary ferent teen cre a EN ruS ENE ES AE E aE DES EKE ter 318 POSURE PrE aa aE O a teeter re et eae veer on ert reper ree reer nner tare rer rer venres 319 S54 Das Corte iets ists osc aaraciiedcces ea aea totus uae are es ih ee ees 320 SOOT Recess Canmol Com onra Dissi rerni uae epar an deere ness ERI EE RES A MEER Inaba EEN 321 ECHL CJL ET e eae pe Pre an eer ree ery E rn Pe ee ONE ve naan a N ret E eee eT E AE N 322 9 6 1 Deteualt Route Confeuratigi preiarai ea AA a E a EEE EEEE A EEA E 322 P aide E nT E E E OAT Ee ee ae 323 Ta PO T RON E O aa A 323 Sr Forvard Ra eset chsaaat asa akaieie ieke e
86. is displayed configure the parameters of the Layer 3 route WAN port as follows WAN Connection Enable Service List INTERNET For configuring the Internet access service INTERNET or a combination containing INTERNET needs to be selected Mode Route VLAN ID 40 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT 802 1p 1 IP Acquisition Mode PPPoE NAT Enable User Name iadtest pppoe Password iadtest The user name and password must be the same as the user name and password configured on the BRAS Binding options SSID1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 233 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Status gt WAN Information On this page you can query the connection status and line status of the WAN interface IP Acquisition IP Subnet VLAN WAN Name Status Priority MAC Address Connect Mode Address Mask 1_INTERNET_R_VID_300 connected PPPoE 192 168 1 98 255 255 255 0 300 1 00 00 00 00 00 03 AlwaysOn c Click Apply to apply the configuration 3 Save the configuration Choose System Tools gt Configuration File from the navigation tree In the right pane click Save Configuration System Tools gt Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory Save Configuration You can click Download
87. mode to provide the high speed Internet access service Layer 3 Internet access service The PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the ONT The IP address is allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONT The ONT is connected to the OLT and then to the upper layer network in the Layer 3 mode to provide the high speed Internet access service You do not need to configure the Layer 2 Internet access service on the ONT but you need to only enable the Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONT This topic describes only how to configure the Layer 3 Internet access service Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 217 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Procedure Step 1 Configure the working mode of a LAN port 1 2 In the navigation tree choose LAN gt LAN Port Work Mode Select the check box of LAN 1 and set LAN to work in the Layer 3 mode LAN gt LAN Port Work Mode On this page you can configure the LAN ports to work in layer3 mode hy selecting the corresponding check box The layer3 ports will be assigned as HG ports LAN1 O LAN2 O LAN3 CO LANA Apply Cancel Click Apply to apply the configuration Step 2 Configure parameters of a WAN port 1 2 In the navigation tree choose WAN gt WAN Configuration In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed
88. multiple LAN ports set Physical Port Name to LAN1 LANx For example to bind WAN 1 to LAN 1 and LAN 2 set Physical Port Name to LAN1 LAN2 h Click OK to complete the configuration of the new profile 3 Bind the value added service profile a Inthe Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer b In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management c Inthe window on the right choose GPON ONU d On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records e Select an ONT from the list right click and choose Bind VAS Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose the created profile and click OK to complete profile binding End Result The user can watch program on the TV Configuration File vlan 1000 smart port vlan 1000 0 19 0 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 202 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration dba profile add profile id 30 type4 max 61440 ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 tcont 3 dba profile id 30 gem add 3 eth tcont 3 mapping mode vlan gem mapping 3 2 vlan 30 commit quit ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 commit quit interface gpon 0 1 port 1 ont aut
89. network The SSID can be obtained only through a request WMM Enable Indicates whether to enable the QoS of the wireless network After the function is enabled the video and voice QoS can be improved Authentication Mode Indicates the authentication mode for the STA to request access to the wireless network The mode can be Open Shared WPA Pre Shared Key WPA2 Pre Shared Key WPA Enterprise WPA2 Enterprise or Wi Fi Protected Setup Itis set to open by default that is the STA can access the network without authentication Encryption Mode Indicates the encryption mode for the STA to request access to the wireless network The encryption mode and encryption parameters vary with the authentication mode If the authentication mode is set to Open the encryption mode can be set to None or WEP Ifthe authentication mode is set to Shared the encryption is WEP If the authentication mode is set to WPA Pre Shared Key WPA2 Pre Shared Key WPA Enterprise or WPA2 Enterprise the encryption mode can be set to AES TKIP or TKIP amp AES If the authentication mode is set to Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS Mode must be set to Pin or Push button NOTE Pin indicates the pin based encryption Push button indicates the push button based encryption When WPS Mode is set to Push button press the WPS button on the ONT and press the WPS icon included with the STA within two minutes or run the WPS setup program in the STA to insta
90. of the voice WAN port a Inthe navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection Select WAN Connection right click and choose Add IP Connection from the shortcut menu b Select WAN IP Interface 1 and enter or select a proper value WAN Interface Name ONT VoIP WAN Enable enable Connection Type IP_Routed VLAN ID 20 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Priority 6 Addressing Type DHCP Service List VOIP For configuring the VoIP service VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 89 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration ONT VoIP HWTC 2011 bg 247 SA V1R002C06 Later w E 247 Config Info Time Services EWAN Device ONT VoIP E WAN Device 1 enable z n Connection IP_Routed X WAN Ci ction 1 Ad EL WAN IP Intorface ulsable NAN IP Interface 1 20 LANDevice vi 6 ALG Ability Security E era Forwarding DHCP ad VOIP hd enable Import Export OK Cancel Apply e Configure voice protocol parameters In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 Select Interface 1 and select a proper value Signaling Protocol S
91. ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 ont port native vlan 1 1 eth 1 vlan 10 ont port native vlan 1 2 eth 1 vlan 10 quit traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 1 priority policy tag In Package traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 6 priority policy tag In Package traffic table ip index 10 cir 6144 priority 1 priority policy tag In Package traffic table ip index 11 cir off priority 7 priority policy tag In Package service port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 service port 2 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 service port 3 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx ettr 9 tz cttr 9 service port 4 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx ettr 9 tg cttr 9 service port 5 vlan 400 gpon 0 1 1 ont gemport 3 multi service user vlan 40 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 service port 6 vlan 400 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 3 multi service user vlan 40 rx ettr 10 tx cttr 10 service port 7 vlan 500 gpon 0 1 1 ont gemport 4 multi service user vlan 50 rx ettr 11 tx cttr 11 service port 8 vlan 500 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 4 multi service user vlan 50 rx ettr 11 tx cttr 11 queue
92. or the ONT does not match check the ONT state by referring to the above mentioned descriptions IfControl flag is deactive run the ont activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONT Ifthe ONT fails to be in the up state that is Run state is offline the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged You need to check both the material and the line Ifthe ONT state fails that is Config state is failed the ONT capability set outmatches the actual ONT capabilities For details about the ONT actual capabilities see Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause Then rectify the fault according to actual conditions L note If an ONT supports only four queues the values of 4 7 of the priority queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid After configuration recovers Config state will be failed Ifthe ONT does not match that is Match state is mismatch the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONT In this case run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONT and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONT configuration Create a proper ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and then run the ont modify command to mo
93. port is port 0 19 0 and works in the default mode and protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN huawei config mvlan1000 igmp uplink port 0 19 0 huawei config mvlan1000 btv huawei config btv igmp uplink port mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode y n n y Optional Set the multicast global parameters In this example the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters Configure the program library Configure the IP address of the multicast program to 224 1 1 10 program name to program IP address of the program source to 10 10 10 10 huawei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlanl000 igmp program add name programl ip 224 1 1 10 sourceip 10 10 10 10 Configure the right profile Configure the profile name to profile0 with the right of watching program 1 huawei config mvlan1000 btv huawei config btv igmp profile add profile name profile0 huawei config btv igmp profile profile name profile0O program name programl watch Configure the multicast users Configure users of service ports 5 and 6 as multicast users and bind right profile profileO to the service ports huawei config btv igmp policy service port 5 normal huawei config btv igmp policy service port 6 normal huawei config btv igmp user add service port 5 auth huawei config btv igmp user add service port 6 auth huawei config btv
94. port to provide users with the IPTV service Service Requirements The ONT is connected to the OLT in Layer 2 mode The OLT adopts IGMP proxy multicast protocol Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 182 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Multicast programs are configured statically and multicast users are authenticated The IGMP version of the multicast VLAN is IGMP V3 The user accesses the device through GPON and has the right to order programs from the multicast source Table 3 9 Data plan Service VLAN ID 1000 Service VLAN type smart VLAN Upstream port 0 19 0 Multicast protocol IGMP Proxy Multicast version IGMP V3 IP address of the multicast server 10 10 10 10 Multicast program 224 1 1 10 ONT IDs 1 and 2 ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the STB 3 Type of the port on the ONT that is connected to the STB ETH VLAN ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the STB 30 Prerequisite The license for the multicast program or the multicast user must already be requested and installed The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the multicast source The VLAN ofthe LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT Procedure Configure the OLT 1 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it The
95. profiled huawei config btv igmp user bind profile service port 6 profile name profiled huawei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 5 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 6 huawei config mvlan1000 quit Save the data huawei config save igmp user bind profile service port 5 profile name Configure an optical network terminal ONT on the Web page Layer 3 bridge mode is used for connecting an ONT to the upper layer device and parameters of a WAN port must be configured Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 196 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Log in to the Web configuration window a Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONT default 192 168 100 1 b Openthe Web browser and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONT c Onthe login window enter the user name default telecomadmin and password default admintelecom of the administrator After the password authentication is passed the Web configuration window is displayed Configure the working mode of a LAN port a In the navigation tree choose LAN gt LAN Port Work Mod
96. set the voice interface advanced parameters Enable Echo Cancellation Vv Fax Transmode pass through z Fax Switchmode negotiation Profile Index Defaut gt Software Parameters Defaut z Roo y CO indicates negotiating H 248 version according to profile Start Negotiate Version parameters Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 16 describes parameters used for configuring a VoIP user based on the H 248 protocol Table 5 16 Parameters used for configuring a VoIP user based on the H 248 protocol Line Name Indicates the termination ID of a voice user It must be consistent with the MG termination ID on the MGC Enable Indicates whether to enable a voice user Associated POTS Indicates the POTS port associated with a voice user 5 10 System Tools This topic describes how to use the system tools on the Web page including using the tools to restart the device restore the default configuration and conduct the test Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 342 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 10 1 Reboot In the navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt Reboot In the pane on the right click Reboot to restart the device as shown in Figure 5 43 Figure 5 43 Reboot System Tools Reboot On this page you can reboot the home ga
97. set to 0 2 1 and 0 respectively and click the The Ont s UNI Port Info tab in the lower pane On the The Ont s UNI Port Info tab page right click the record where UNI Type is set to ETH and UNI ID is set to 1 and choose Modifyfrom the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set Default VLAN ID to 10 Click OK Configure a service VLAN on the OLT side A service VLAN is the VLAN used for the Internet service Choose VLAN from the navigation tree On the VLAN tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters VLAN ID 100 Type Smart VLAN Attribute Stacking aaa vear xl Configure VLAN VLAN ID 1 4095 100 Name VLANID_100 bd Alias Type Smart VLAN vi Attribute Stacking vg VLAN Priority Unconfigured v Back Next Done Cancel Click Next Click the Upstream Port tab and add upstream port 0 19 0 as the upstream port of the VLAN Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 46 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration x fa pace ia SubPot L3interface Extended Info Configure VLAN S D Physical Port List E E SubPort List fi Frame 0 fi Frame 0 Slot 09 Slot19 E Slot19 W Port
98. tcont 4 mapping mode vlan gem mapping 1 0 vlan 10 commit quit ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 commit quit interface gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable display ont autofind 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10o0nt alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 quit traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 1 priority policy tag In Package service port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 service port 2 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx ettr amp Lx cttr 8 queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 cos queue map cos0O 0 cosl 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save 3 3 4 Configuring the GPON FTTH VoIP Service H 248 Protocol on the OLT CLI The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the IP based high quality and low cost VoIP service Service Requirements The ONT is connected to the MGC through H 248 The ONT obtains the IP address through DHCP Two phone sets are connected to two TEL ports of the ONT respectively and calls can be made between two phone sets Users of phone sets under different ONTs can call and communicate with each other The DBA mode of the VoIP ser
99. telephone sets or fax machines to provide superior and cost effective voice over IP VoIP fax over IP FoIP and modem over IP MoIP services Network Topology of the HG8240 Figure 2 27 shows the position of the HG8240 in a network Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 24 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Figure 2 27 Network topology of the HG8240 Internet BRAS LAN switch Optical splitter Residential Residential users users Network side User side Inthe upstream direction the HG8240 is connected to the optical splitter and the network side OLT through the passive optical network PON port namely the OPTICAL port to provide integrated access services Inthe downstream direction the HG8240 is connected to various terminals through the following LAN side ports to implement the triple play service Four 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet ports which can be connected to terminals such as PCs STBs and video phoned to provide the high speed data and video services Two TEL ports which can be connected to telephone sets or fax machines to provide superior and cost effective voice over IP VoIP fax over IP FoIP and modem over IP MoIP services Network Topology of the HG8245 Figure 2 28 shows the position of the HG8245 in a network Figure 2 28 Network topology of th
100. the LAN port works in the Layer 3 mode LAN port two three port enable is defaulted to disable By default the system has one LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 node To add nodes select LAN Interface right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 147 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Add ONT YAS Profile ONT HSI 247 Services E WAN Device LANDevice LAN Interface 1 ALG Ability Securit Layer 3 Forwarding e Configure parameters of a WAN port a In the navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection Select WAN Connection right click and choose Add PPP Connection from the shortcut menu b Select WAN PPP Interface 1 and enter or select a proper value WAN Interface Name ONT HSI WAN Enable enable Connection Type IP_Routed NATEnable Enable NAT must be enabled to configure the Internet access service Service Type INTERNET For configuring the Internet access service INTERNET or a combination containing INTERNET needs to be selected VLAN ID 10 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Priority 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 148 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8
101. the PC can obtain an IP address allocated by the ONT using DHCP 3 After automatic PPPoE dialup is performed successfully on the ONT users can access the Internet 3 2 4 Configuring GPON FTTH Voice Service H 248 Protocol on the NMS This topic describes how to configure the voice service when an ONT is connected to an OLT through a GPON port Context For details of the data plan see Data Plan Example Network The phones connected to different ONTs can communicate with each other The ONT obtains an IP address in Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP mode Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 62 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Figure 3 3 Configuring the GPON FTTH voice service H 248 protocol U2000 SoftX 3000 LAN Switch OLT Optical splitter Phone Phone2 Procedure Add the ONT to the U2000 in profile mode 1 Configure an MEF IP traffic profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose Traffic Profile from the navigation tree b Click the MEF IP Traffic Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 63
102. the local port on the ONT The ID ranges from to 65535 and the default ID is 2944 Device Name Fill the device name when Register Format is set to DeviceName MID Format Indicates the MG registration format It can be the MG domain name IP address or device name The MG register format must be the same as the register format provided by the ISP Digitmap Match Mode _ Indicates the digitmap matching mode including Min and Max Min If the dialed character string matches a digitmap scheme the system immediately reports the number to the softswitches Max If the dialed character string matches a digitmap scheme the system does not immediately report the number to the softswitches but starts the short timer If a user does not continue dialing digits the system reports the number to the softswitches after the short timer times out if the user continues dialing digits and the number matches the long digitmap the system reports the number that matches the digitmap to the softswitches RTP TID Prefix Indicates the prefix of the ephemeral termination The default prefix on Huawei softswitches is A100 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 339 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Start Number of RTP Indicates the start number of the suffix of the ephemeral TID termination The defa
103. user name 88001234 softx3000 h uawei com Password iadtest1 User 2 Phone number 88001235 Authentication user name 88001235 softx3000 h uawei com Password iadtest2 H 248 Primary MGC address The software version that parameters 200 200 200 200 supports H 248 is Primary MGC port 2944 V100R002C07 MID format domain name MG domain name 6877687714852901 TID AO and Al Wi Fi SSID1 ChinaNet huawei service Security WPA Pre Shared Key mode TKIP amp AES ere Key chinahuawei mode 3 4 3 Locally Logging in to the Web Interface This topic describes the data plan and procedure for logging in to the Web configuration interface Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 215 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Context Before setting up the configuration environment ensure that data information listed in Table 3 13 is available Table 3 13 Data plan mm a OE User name and password Default settings Administrator User name telecomadmin Password admintelecom Common user User name root Password admin LAN IP address and subnet mask Default settings IP address 192 168 100 1 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 IP address and subnet mask of the PC Configure the IP address of the PC to be in the same subnet as the LAN IP addres
104. voice WAN interface Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 252 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic w Enable ConnectionStatus ConnectionType Name NATEnabled AddressingType ExternallPAddress 28 6E D4 0D BC EC Step 4 Configure the voice protocol parameters Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt Services gt VoiceService gt 1 gt VoiceProfile gt 1 from the navigation tree In the right pane set the parameters as follows Set SignalingProtocol to H248 indicating that the H 248 protocol is used Set Region to CN indicating the country code of China Set X_HW_PortName to wan2 indicating that the new WAN interface 2 is bound Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 253 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic Name Reset H248 SignalingProtocol X_HW _InterfaceState Ce eT OK J oce j Step 5 Configure the H 248 service parameters Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt Services gt VoiceService gt 1 gt VoiceProfile gt 1 gt X_HW_H248 from the navigation tree In the right pane set the parameters as follows
105. with interface TRO69 In this example TR069 is selected Connection Route mode VLAN ID of the 50 The VLAN ID of the WAN interface must be the WAN interface same as the CVLAN ID configured on the OLT Mode of There are three modes to obtain an IP address Seni an IP DHCP Obtain an IP address dynamically address Static Configure an IP address manually PPPoE Access in the PPPoE dialup mode In this example the DHCP mode is configured You can also select the static or PPPoE mode according to the data plan of the upper layer network ACS URL http It can be the IP address port ID domain name of the 10 11 11 1 9070 ACS server Periodical 43200 It is the default value of the system notification interval Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 235 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Flowchart Procedure ACS user name It is the default value of the system ACS password It is the default value of the system User name of a It must be the same as that planned on the U2560 requested connection Password of a server It must be the same as that planned on the U2560 requested connection Figure 3 9 shows the flowchart for commissioning interoperation between the U2560 and the ONT through the Web page Figure 3 9 Flowchart for commissioning interoperation between the U2560 and the O
106. 0 200 MID Format DomainName MG Domain 6877687714852901 Signaling Port 1 VOIP _R_VID_20 Region CN China Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 225 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 3 L note The parameters of the H 248 based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the media gateway controller MGC If dual homing is configured MGC Address below Secondary Server must be configured MID Format can be set to Domain Name IP or Device If MID Format is set to Domain Name or Device the setting must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC Domain Name is ONT s domain name registered on the MGC It is globally unique Domain Name in this example is ONT s SN If Media Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Signaling Port The media streams are not isolated from signaling streams If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONT and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port Profile Index can be set to Default BT FT KPN PCCW ZTE or BELL Choose the value based on the MGC type Profile Index is set to Default indicating interconnectio
107. 00 stacking port vlan 100 0 19 0 dba profile add profile id 10 type4 max 102400 ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 tcont 4 dba profile id 10 gem add 1 eth tcont 4 mapping mode vlan gem mapping 1 0 vlan 10 commit quit ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 port vlan eth 1 10 commit quit interface gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable display ont autofind 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 descont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 138 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 descont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 ont port native vlan 1 1 eth 1 vlan 10 ont port native vlan 1 2 eth 1 vlan 10 quit traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 1 priority policy tag In Package service port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx ettr 8 tx cher 2 service port 2 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx ettr 8 tx cttr 8 queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 000 cos queue map cos0 0 cosl 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save 3 3 3 Configuring the GPON FTTH Layer 3 Internet Access Service on the OLT CLI The OLT is conne
108. 010 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 17 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Figure 2 20 LEDs on the HG8110 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 18 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Figure 2 21 LEDs on the HG8240 Y Huawei PON POWER Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 19 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Figure 2 22 LEDs on the HG8245 Figure 2 23 LEDs on the HG8247 CATV WPS WLAN USB TEL2 TELI LAN4 LANS LAN2 LAWI LOS PON POWER Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 20 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Figure 2 24 LEDs on the HG8447 TCR eRe SEIS Y Huawei CATV WPS WLAN USB TEL4 TELS TEL2 TELI LAN4 LANS LAN2 LANI LOS PON POWER Table 2 13 Indications of the LEDs on the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The device is powered on POWER Power supply Orange always The device is powered by the LED on backup battery for The power supply is cu
109. 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration In the Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu Choose GPON gt GPON Management from the navigation tree On the GPON UNI Port tab page set the filter criteria to display the required GPON UNI ports In the information list right click GPON UNI port 0 2 1 and choose Enable ONU Auto Find from the shortcut menu Select the ONU tab page Click the Auto Discover ONUs tab In the window that is displayed select 6877687714852901 as the ONU record and click Confirm Name ONT ONU ID 0 ONU Type ONT On the Basic Parameters tab page set the parameters Line Profile FTTx click Inext to Line Profile and select the line profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Service Profile FTTx click EJ next to Service Profile and select the service profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Authentication Mode SN Terminal Type 247 Software Version V1R002C06 or V1R002C07 021 X X ONT m o f ONT X FTTx FTTx SN X 6877687714852901 HWTC 2011 M 247 X Y1R002C06 M K Cancel Apply Click OK Configure the multicast service The prerequisite for performing operations in the navigation tree is to navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT To navigate to the NE Explore
110. 1 Enable a callee emulation test for the callee For details see Callee Emulation Test Step 2 Enable an automatic emulation test for the caller l moe WS In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select a required record from the ONT list and then click the The Ont s UNI Port Info tab in the lower pane Select a record from the list whose UNI Type is Pots right click and choose Auto Caller Emulation Test from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set Callee Number to the number ofthe callee as shown in the following figure Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 295 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Figure 4 14 Automatic emulation test Auto Caller Emulation Test 88001234 88001235 8 Click Start End Result After an automatic emulation test is enabled the caller automatically dials the number of the callee to call the callee and the callee picks up the phone automatically After the test is complete test results are displayed on the NMS
111. 2 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 69 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration In the Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu Choose GPON gt GPON Management from the navigation tree On the GPON UNI Port tab page set the filter criteria to display the required GPON UNI ports In the information list right click GPON UNI port 0 2 1 and choose Enable ONU Auto Find from the shortcut menu Select the ONU tab page Click the Auto Discover ONUs tab In the window that is displayed select 6877687714852901 as the ONU record and click Confirm Name ONT ONU ID 0 ONU Type ONT On the Basic Parameters tab page set the parameters Line Profile FTTx click Inext to Line Profile and select the line profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Service Profile FTTx click EJ next to Service Profile and select the service profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Authentication Mode SN Terminal Type 247 Software Version V1R002C06 or V1R002C07 021 X X ONT m o f ONT X FTTx FTTx SN X 6877687714852901 HWTC 2011 M 247 X Y1R002C06 M K Cancel Apply Click OK Configure the voice service The prerequisite for perf
112. 240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Figure 3 5 Configuring the GPON FTTH multicast service a U2000 Multicast Source LAN Switch OLT Optical splitter ONT STB TV Procedure Add the ONT to the U2000 in profile mode 1 Configure an MEF IP traffic profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose Traffic Profile from the navigation tree b Click the MEF IP Traffic Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 95 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g CIR 20480 Outer Priority 1 Add BEF IP Traffic Profile 67360 0960 312720 Assign Priority Assign Priority Local Setting color blind Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 2 Configure a DBA profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the
113. 240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 54 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Product Number of Number of Number of ETH Ports POTS Ports CATV Ports 1 HG8010 HG8110 HG8245 HG8247 od 4 HG8447 a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree b Click the Service Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Number of Pots Ports 2 Number of ETH Ports 4 Number of CATV Ports 1 A Name FTTx Alias Configuration Base Info UNI Port Name Number of Pots Ports 0 8 Number of TDM Ports 0 8 0 TDM Port Type E1 Service Type of TDM Port TDOMoverGEM Number of MOCA Ports 0 8 0 MAC Address Learning Swit ON Transparent Transmission OFF Multicast Mode Unconcern Multicast forward mode Untag Multicast forward VLAN 1 40 Upstream IGMP packet forw Unconcern Upstream IGMP packet forw Upstream IGMP Packet For Value gt
114. 247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration System Tools gt Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File Ifyou enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File 6 Restart the voice process In the navigation tree choose Status gt VoIP Information In the right pane click Restart VoIP Status gt VoIP Information On this page you can query the voice user list and status Sequence Line Name Telephone Number User Status Call Status Interface Status 1 AD Registering Idle Restarting 2 Al Registering Idle To restart the VoIP service click Restart VoIP Restart VoIP 7 Check the ONT connection status In the navigation tree choose Status gt WAN Information In the right pane Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Status gt WAN Information On this page you can query the connection status and line status of the WAN interface WAN Name Status IP Acquisition Mode IP Address Subnet Mask VLAN Priority MAC Address Connect 1_VOIP_LR_VID_20 Connected DHCP 192 168 11 52 255 255 255 0 20 6 78 1D BA 3C 9F 34 AlwaysOn 8
115. 3 Configuration h Configure the voice users a In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt User Select User right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu C note The HG8010 does not support voice services The HG8110 supports one user The HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 supports a maximum of two users b Click User 1 below User and set Interface ID to 1 Click User 2 below User and set Interface ID to 2 CO note If Interface ID is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Interface ID is 2 port TEL2 on the ONT is bound x Profile Name ONT VoIP WendorID HWTC 2011 vi Terminal Type 247 v Version V1R002C06 Later vi E 247 Config Info Parameter Name Parameter Value Time User index E Services E Voice Service E Voice Service 1 Priority Enable ad E Interface Configuration E Interface 1 amp SIP H H248 ica FaxT38 FaxModem E User G User 1 User 2 Physical Interface IGMP Portal GWAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding impor Export ok j Cancel Appi Click OK to complete the configuration of the new profile Bind the value added service profile a In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and
116. 4 Indications of PON and LOS LEDs LED Status No Indication PON ron fs The ONT is disabled by the OLT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 22 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Indication Blinks quickly The ONT is attempting to set up a twice per connection to the OLT second The connection between the ONT and the OLT is set up Blinks slowly The Rx optical power of the ONT is once two lower than the optical receiver seconds sensitivity Blinks quickly Blinks quickly The OLT detects that the ONT is a twice per twice per rogue ONT second second 2 2 Typical Network Applications This topic describes the typical network applications of the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 As a network terminal the HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 is deployed at the GPON access layer and connects home users and SOHO users to the Internet through optical upstream ports On the local area network LAN side the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 provides abundant hardware ports to meet various network requirements of home users and SOHO users Network Topology of the HG8010 Figure 2 25 shows the position of the HG8010 in a network Figure 2 25 Network topology of the HG8010 Multicast server Residential Residential users users Sa a ee Netw
117. 40 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 p Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 2 this parameter is set to 2 automatically VLAN ID 30 Multicast user side VLAN ID Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 cE ox _ cancel e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g Inthe dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 4 Configure a service profile The service profile type should be consistent with the actual ONT type The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities of HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 116 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Product Number of Number of Number of ETH Ports POTS Ports CATV Ports 1 HG8010 HG8110 HG8245 HG8247 od 4 HG8447
118. 47 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 5 Optional Press the button for keeping the current measurement value unchanged 6 Read the measurement value 4 3 2 Optical Power Meter This topic describes the appearance functions and usage instructions of the optical power meter The optical power meter is a necessary test meter for testing an optical fiber communication system It is mainly used to measure the optical power of various wavelengths at multiple measurement points of an optical link Optical power indicates the energy of the light at a measurement point of an optical link and is an important index of the optical fiber network When the optical power is smaller than a specified value the optical receive end will fail to detect optical signals In other words the optical receive end cannot receive the signals sent from the transmit end Hence it is important to use the optical power meter correctly The following considers EXFO s PPM 350B optical power meter as an example to describe how to use an optical power meter Other dedicated optical power meters for PON are used in a similar way The PPM 350B optical power meter can measure the optical power of various wavelengths including 1310 nm 1490 nm and 1550 nm in the GPON network Figure 4 2 shows the appearance of the PPM 350B optical power meter Figure 4 2 Appearance of the PPM 350B optical power meter Lpstream signal Downstream signal
119. 5 Configuring GPON FTTH Voice Service SIP Protocol on the NMS cccscssseseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 78 3 2 6 Configuring GPON FTTH Layer 2 Multicast Service on the NMG c csssesesesseesseeesseesnesereneneeseees 94 3 2 7 Configuring GPON FTTH Layer 3 Bridge Multicast Service on the NMS csecsscseereeeeeceteeeeees 110 Soo Computation by Using OLT Cepia raer ae Aa AARE a EE 129 eet en A To E A ad sean E A E E E E E EE E E 129 3 3 2 Configuring the GPON FTTH Layer 2 Internet Access Service on the OLT CLL sssssssisacrnorisseses 132 3 3 3 Configuring the GPON FTTH Layer 3 Internet Access Service on the OLT CLI eeeeeeeeee 139 3 3 4 Configuring the GPON FTTH VolP Service H 248 Protocol on the OLT CLI eeeerees 151 3 3 5 Configuring the GPON FTTH VolP Service SIP Protocol on the OLT CLI eeeesseeeeenteees 167 3 3 6 Configuring the GPON FTTH Layer 2 Multicast Service on the OLT CLI sssriisissssictisississsssrssississss 182 3 3 7 Configuring the GPON FTTH Layer 3 Bridge Multicast Service on the OLT CLI ee eeeeeeeeeeee 190 3A Conigemahon on The Web Fapb eaaa a em ae ee eos 203 LE N E cause 203 Dead Ee P ksma E 213 3 4 5 Locally Logeme ita ihe Web Imtertace icisstiasnnsia meshed ERRER dia SEE BEKES 215 3 4 4 Configuring the Internet Access Service on the Web Page icicciccccicssicecscssiescevcssssceveceuncunessenevccnteennceieeen 217 3 4 5 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service din the Web Page sicciscccisscscessssssersaeeesa
120. 5 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Auth User Name 88001235 softx3000 huawei com Auth Password iadtest2 c Click OK In the dialog box that is displayed click OK The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT End Result Check whether the telephone functions properly Connect two common telephones phone 1 and phone 2 to two TEL ports on the ONT and test the dialing between phone 1 and phone 2 In normal cases The caller hears the dialing tone after taking the phone off the hook When the caller dials the telephone number of the callee the phone of the callee rings successfully and the caller hears the ring back tone The caller and the callee communicate with each other successfully After the callee hangs up the caller hears the busy tone 3 2 6 Configuring GPON FTTH Layer 2 Multicast Service on the NMS This topic describes how to configure the multicast service when an ONT is connected to an OLT through a GPON port Context For details of the data plan see Data Plan Example Network The ONT is connected to the OLT in Layer 2 mode The OLT uses IGMP proxy which is a Layer 2 multicast protocol The IGMP version of the multicast VLAN is IGMPv3 Multicast programs are configured statically Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 94 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8
121. 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 51 Time Setting System Tools gt Time Setting On this page you can configure the SNTP protocol time zone and daylight saving time to accurately set the time Same of the operation logs of the terminal must have a time stamp Auto Synchronization Network Time Server Primary SNTP Server clock fmt he net a Secondary SNTP Server clock nyc he net iv Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London v Time Synchronization Cycle 360 s Apply Cancel Enable Daylight Saving Time DST Start Timefext 71411101010 mmwwidarnhimmiss m month w week d day h hour m minute s second DST End Timetext 914 1 0 0 0 mmiwwiddihhimmiss m month w week d day h hour m minute s second Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 17 describes the parameters related to the system time Table 5 17 Parameters related to the system time Parameter Description Auto Synchronization Indicates whether to enable the auto synchronization network time Network Time Server server that is SNTP server Primary SNTP Server Indicates the primary SNTP server Secondary SNTP Server Indicates the secondary SNTP server a Time Synchronization Indicates whether to enable the DST Cycle DST Start Time Indicates the DST start time DST End Time Indicates the DST end time M note If the SNTP server is configured based on domain name format a s
122. 534s and the default value is 600s Signaling Port Indicates the signaling WAN port used for connecting the VoIP terminal to the SIP server Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 336 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Media Port Indicates the WAN port of the voice media streams When the name of the media port is empty it indicates that the name of the media port is the same as that of the signaling port Indicates the country code Advance Interface Parameters Fax Transmode Indicates the fax mode including pass through and T 38 Pass through The MG encodes the fax signals transmitted by a fax machine according to the voice codec G 711 and then coverts such signals into the RTP data packets for real time transmission over an IP network T 38 The MG through ITU T T 38 converts the T 30 compliant fax signals transmitted by a fax machine into the T 38 packets for transmission over an IP bearer network Fax Switchmode Indicates the fax switching mode including negotiation and self switch The fax switching mode is selected according to the customer requirements Profile Body Indicates the control point parameters Such parameters are selected according to the softswitch Generally the default settings are adopted Software Parameters Indicates the software parameters Such param
123. 65535 and the default ID is 5060 Secondary Server Proxy Server Address Indicates the IP address provided by the ISP of the secondary SIP proxy server Proxy Server Port Indicates the ID provided by the ISP of the port used for communication between the secondary SIP proxy server and the VoIP terminal The ID ranges from 1 to 65535 and the default ID is 5060 Home Domain Indicates the domain of the registration server of the VoIP terminal in network communications such as softx3000 huawei com Local Port Indicates the ID of the local port on the ONT The ID ranges from to 65535 and the default ID is 5060 Indicates the voice digitmap Digitmap Match Mode _ Indicates the digitmap matching mode including Min and Max Min If the dialed character string matches a digitmap scheme the system immediately reports the number to the call proxy Max If the dialed character string matches a digitmap scheme the system does not immediately report the number to the call proxy but starts the short timer If a user does not continue dialing digits the system reports the number to the call proxy after the short timer times out if the user continues dialing digits and the number matches the long digitmap the system reports the number that matches the digitmap to the call proxy Registration Period Indicates the valid registration period When this period expires the SIP user needs to register again The value range is ls to 65
124. 7 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 15 DHCP Server Configuration LAN DHCP Server Configuration On this page you can configure the DHCP Server parameters for the LAN side device including HGW STB Camera Computer and Phone to obtain IP address Primary Address Pool Enable primary DHCP server Enable DHCP L2Relay LAN Host IP Address Subnet Mask Start IP Address End IP Address Leased Time Oo 192 168 100 1 255 255 255 0 192 168 100 2 j f P address must be in the same subnet with Lan Host 192 168 100 254 id 3 day v Primary Address Pool Subsection Device Type HGW STB Camera Computer Phone Secondary Address Pool Enable secondary Server IP Address Subnet Mask Start IP Address End IP Address Leased Time Option60 Start IP Address 192 168 100 10 End IP Address 192 168 100 29 192 168 100 80 192 168 100 89 192 168 100 90 192 168 100 99 192 168 100 100 192 168 100 200 192 168 100 201 192 168 100 220 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 192 168 2 2 192 168 2 254 3 day SP oka see ea eee MSFT 5 0 Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 3 describes the parameters related to the DHCP server Table 5 3 Parameters related to the DHCP server Enable primary DHCP server Indicates whether to
125. 8 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration huawei config if vlanif200 arp proxy enable huawei config if vlanif200 quit Configure GPON ONT profiles GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile line profile service profile and alarm profile DBA profile A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate Line profile A line profile describes the binding between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONT side service Service profile A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONT that is managed through OMCI Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines When a statistical value reaches the threshold the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS a Configure a DBA profile Run the display dba profile command to query the existing DBA profiles in the system If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirement run the dba profile add command to create a DBA profile Set the DBA profile ID to 20 type to Type3 assured bandwidth to 15 Mbit s and maximum bandwi
126. 8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference the Intranet host IP address and port ID to Extranet IP address and corresponding port ID so that users from Extranets can access the Intranet server With port mapping the users cannot see the Intranet IP address and they see the Extranet IP address Table 5 10 describes the parameters related to port mapping Table 5 10 Parameters related to port mapping Parameter Interface Protocol External Start Port External End Port Internal Start Port Internal End Port External Source Start Port External Source End Port Internal Host External Source IP Address Mapping Name Enable PortMapping Indicates the name of the WAN interface where port mapping is enabled Indicates the protocol type of port mapping packet which may be TCP UDP or TCP UDP Indicates the destination start port of the external data packet Indicates the destination end port of the external data packet Indicates the internal destination start port of the port mapping packet Indicates the internal destination end port of the port mapping packet Indicates the source start port of the external data packet Indicates the source end port of the external data packet Indicates the IP address of the host to which the port is mapped Indicates the source IP address of the external data packet Indicates the name of the port mapping rule
127. A APRA OA Ae 345 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual Contents ALOE A ul gl E PA TE Peeve PA A ceva etree oot ater AEE A E PA PA ee A E TEE E TE 345 s107 LOG niicuniiuniciniiien a ia 346 E AON EEA CaN o t P PA AO E O EA E A OENE EN 347 E D ETE 1211 R E AAE A PE E A E PIAA A A A E rere A E SRM E 347 DLO UD TRO aa iE aani r aii 349 310 11 Advanced Power Manageme Mteiisirsep he n nearr cto yess bene mabeanteaend elias nE SATAA TARI ieee 350 ALA PAA ABIDE E T e EA ee EEA A VIA A A E E A A ENE E 350 G Technet Species E ynin N S 352 LPT a A T roc n ere trae Sorreeer ero amr SERIE rT fo revert 353 G2 Protocols and Standards iss ca cesta vticeses gtannniadaviecstealacaniinda iene EEEa a a ERa a E 353 7 Acronyms and Abbreviation osses EERS 355 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 1 Safety Precautions Safety Precautions To ensure normal running of the device read the safety precautions carefully before operating the device and comply with the precautions when performing the operations Basic Requirements Keep the device dry during storage transportation and running of the device Prevent the device from colliding with o
128. AN port named WAN RTP on the ONT and set this WAN port to a media WAN port Specifically choose Interface 1 gt RTP and set Associate WAN Interface to WAN2 WAN RTP Add ONT YAS Profile ATOM 247 x V1R002C06 Later x E 247 Config Info l Time Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface Configuration 97 SoU A ri WAN2 WAN RTP WAN2QVAN RTP H SIP r H248 E Redundancy Jitter Buffer RTP Extended Configuration FaxT38 FaxModem User Physical Interface IGMP 6 Portal 1 WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Configure the MGC parameters In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt H248 Select H248 and enter or select a proper value Primary MGC 200 200 200 200 MID Format Domain name LO note If dual homing is configured Secondary MGC must be set MID Format can be set to Domain Name IP or Device name Add ONT YAS Profile ONT VoIP HVVTC 2011 v 247 x V1R002C06 Later y E 247 Config Info i Time vi 200 200 200 200 E Services E Voice Service Voice Service 1 i E Interface Configuration Interface 1 SIP H248 RTP Domain name FaxT38 FaxModem G User Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprie
129. ANPPPConnection from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part Choose the new 1 branch from the navigation tree In the right pane set the parameters as follows Set Enable to 1 indicating that the WAN connection is enabled Set Connection Type to IP_Bridged indicating that the connection type of the WAN interface is in bridge mode Set X_HW_SERVICELIST to INTERNET indicating that the service type of the WAN interface is Internet Set X_HW_VLAN to 40 indicating that the VLAN ID of the WAN interface is 40 Set X_HW_PRI to 1 indicating that the priority level of the WAN interface is 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 262 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic w Enable 1 ConnectionStatus Connected ConnectionT ype IP_Bridged Name wan2 NATEnabled 0 AddressingType ExternallPAddress SubnetMask DefaultGateway DNSEnabled DNSServers MACAddress 28 6E D4 6E 39 25 PortMappingNumberOfentries X_HW_SERVICELIST X_HW _VLAN X_HW_PRI X_HW_MultiCast VLAN 4294967295 X_HW_VenderClassID SS F OK Save n i Step 5 Bind the SSID Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt WANDevice gt 1 gt WANConnectionDevice gt 1 gt WANIPConnection gt 1 gt X_HW_LANBIND from the navigation tree In the r
130. BlackList v New Delete Protocol LAN side IP Address LAN side Port WAN side IP Address WAN side Port Configure Protocol TCP UDP v LAN side IP Address 192 168 100 0 L 192 168 100 989 LAN side Port ALL O User defined WAN side IP Address ALL O User defined WAN side Port ALL O User defined Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration The IP address filter function is a security mechanism configured on the residential gateway It enables or disables all or partial ports in an Intranet IP address segment to communicate with all or partial ports in an Extranet IP address segment The IP address filter configuration is used to limit communication between an Intranet device and an Extranet device Table 5 5 describes the parameters related to the IP address filter Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 317 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Table 5 5 Parameters related to the IP address filter Parameter Description IP address filter function Indicates whether to enable the IP address filter function by clicking OPEN or CLOSE Filter Mode Indicates the IP address filter rule of the blacklist or whitelist Blacklist indicates that the data meeting the rule in the filter tule list is not allowed to pass Whitelist indicates that the data meeting the rule in the
131. Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the Line Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Mapping Mode VLAN Qos Mode Priority Queue Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 97 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Name eS Mapping Node wno O lacsmode fProryauss Omec Enemon for Right click T CONT Info in the navigation tree and choose ADD T CONT from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters T CONT Index 1 DBA Profile FTTx L_ox__ Right click T CONT1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Port from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters GEM Port Index 1 Priority Queue 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 98 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding group T CONT Inf
132. Confidential 125 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration ONT IPTV HYVVTC 2011 v 247 M V1R002C06 Later x E 24 Config Info Time Services G WAN Device EH LANDevice E LAN Interface 1 LAN Interface LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 LAN Ethernet Configuration 2 LAN Ethernet Configuration 3 ALG Ability H Security Layer 3 Forwarding Import Export OK Cancel Apply e Configure parameters of a WAN port a Inthe navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection Select WAN Connection right click and choose Add IP Connection from the shortcut menu b Select WAN IP Interface 1 and enter or select a proper value WAN Interface Name ONT IPTV WAN Enable enable Connection Type IP_Bridged VLAN ID 30 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Priority 4 MultiCast VLAN ID 1000 The multicast VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the multicast VLAN ID configured on the OLT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 126 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration f Configure multicast parameters a Add OWT YAS Profile E 24 Config Info Time
133. Confidential 266 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Prerequisite The Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONTs are enabled by running the OLT commands For details see Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLD Context Issuing the XML configuration file on the U2000 applies to the following two typical scenarios Configuring an ONT Configuring ONTs in batches Procedure Configure an ONT 1 Export the XML configuration file a In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select a required record from the ONT list right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed click Export to export the XML configuration file as shown in the following figure Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 267 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Figure 3 12 Exporting the XML conf
134. Configuration gt Access Profile Management gt IGMP Profile from the main menu and click the Right Profile tab Choose Multicast gt Multicast User from the navigation tree In the information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c Inthe dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Alias IGMPUserA Unlimited Band Width selected Select Service Port service virtual port named IGMP Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 123 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration bo mm mavbasea v E x Find E a SS SS a aS PSEA ane Bo Gn a Ee es LAN C N Frame O Slot fulti Serv User VLAN FT lt Back Net __ Eimisn _ __cancsi _ Click Finish Select the multicast user click the User Multicast VLAN tab in the lower pane right click and then choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the record where Multicast VLAN ID is set to 1000 and click OK Add Multicast VLAN to user _ _petais lt lt cise No DeviceName Name Resut Failure Cause 10 71 227 35 IGMPvian_1000 Succeeded 7 Configure the value added service profile of the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON
135. Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File Ifyou enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File 4 Check the ONT connection status In the navigation tree choose Status gt WAN Information In the right pane Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Status gt WAN Information On this page you can check the connection status and line status of the WAN interface WAN Status IP Acquisition Mode IP Subnet Mask VLAN Priority MAC 1_INTERNET_R_VID_40 Connected PPPoE 92 168 11 52 255 255 255 0 40 1 28 6E D4 0D BC ED End Result Layer 3 bridge Wi Fi service SSID radio signals can be searched on the PC After the user enter the authentication key and pass the authentication the user can access the Internet Layer 3 route Wi Fi service SSID radio signals can be searched on the PC After the user enter the authentication key and pass the authentication the PC can obtain the IP address allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONT After the PPPoE dialup is successfully performed on the ONT the user can access the Internet M note The security mode and encryption configured on a Wi Fi terminal must be the same as those of an ONT If you cannot find the following encryption modes TKIP amp AES and AES The re
136. Configuration Properties from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters In the dialog box that is displayed right click and choose Add and configure the parameters of VLAN switch Service Type Translation VLAN 30 Multicast user side VLAN ID C VLAN 30 Multicast user side VLAN ID Add LAH Switch e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g Inthe dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 5 Confirm the ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 44 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration In the Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu Choose GPON gt GPON Management from the navigation tree On the GPON UNI Port tab page set the filter criteria to display the required GPON UNI ports In the information list right click GPON UNI port 0 2 1 and choose Enable ONU Auto Find from the shortcut menu Select the ONU tab page Click the Auto Discover ONUs tab In the window that is displayed select 6877687714852901 as the ONU record and click Confirm Name ONT ONU ID 0 ONU Type ONT On the Basic Parameters
137. DBA Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth Maximum Bandwidth 32768 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 96 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g Add DBA Profile xj Profile Parameters Alias T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth v Assured Bandwidth Kbit s 128 1235456 128 Fixed Bandwidth kbit s 128 1235456 128 Maximum Bandwidth Kbitis 128 1235456 32768 Bandwidth Compensation No oe IL cee 2009 _ Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK Configure a line profile In a line profile a GEM port can be bound to up to eight service streams Ina GEM port different GEM connections need to be set up for different service streams In this example the mapping between GEM ports and MDU side services is implemented through VLANs and the service streams of each service are mapped to GEM port 1 In addition different GEM connections are set up for the management VLAN and the VLANs for the Internet voice and multicast services a
138. EM port and the ONT side service to the VLAN mapping mode default and map the service port of CVLAN 20 to GEM port 2 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 mapping mode vlan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 2 1 vlan 20 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 quit c Configure an ONT service profile The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities ofHG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Product Number of Number of Number of ETH Ports POTS Ports CATV Ports Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 153 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration d Product Number of Number of Number of ETH Ports POTS Ports CATV Ports HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 quit Optional Configure an alarm pro
139. EPON when the physical port is an EPON port Interface Selection 0 2 1 0 1 when the connection type is LAN GPON or 0 2 1 0 when the connection type is LAN EPON Vlan ID 200 SVLAN ID Service Type Multi Service VLAN User VLAN 20 CVLAN ID Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same selected Upstream Traffic Name FTTx VoIP LAN GPON mm mj Smart VLAN x 0424 140 1 ka Multi Service VLAN 200 m 20 x ra FTTx FTTx OK Cancel Apply Click OK 3 Configure the value added service profile of the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile gt ONT VAS Profile On the ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set relevant parameters Profile Name ONT VoIP Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 88 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 Version V1RO02C06 Later X ONT VoIP HVWTC 2011 Ed 247 v V1R002C06 Later X E 247 Config Info Time G Services GH WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Import Export OK Cancel Apply d Configure the parameters
140. ERNET indicating that the service type of the WAN interface is Internet Set X_HW_VLAN to 40 indicating that the VLAN ID of the WAN interface is 40 Set X_HW_PRI to 1 indicating that the priority level of the WAN interface is 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 261 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration M note Ifthe WAN interface obtains IP addresses in static or DHCP mode choose WANIPConnection to set the parameters of the WAN interface Ifthe WAN interface obtains IP addresses in PPPoE mode choose WANPPPConnection to set the parameters of the WAN interface Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic s Enable 1 ConnectionStatus Unconfigured ConnectionType IP_Routed DefaultGateway Name wan2 NATEnabled Username iadtest pppoe Password iadtest ExternallPAddress DNSEnabled DNSServers MACAddress 28 6E D4 0D BC EC PortMappingNumberOfentrieg 0 X_HW _SERVICELIST INTERNET X_HW_VLAN 40 X_HW_PRI 1 X_HW _MultiCastVLAN 4294967295 Lt it Lt it Lt Lt i i K Modify ee OK S cncei J sae j Configure the parameters of the WAN interface Bridge l Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt WANDevice gt 1 gt WANConnectionDevice from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part to create an instance Choose 2 gt W
141. File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File Step 5 Restart the voice process In the navigation tree choose Status gt VoIP Information In the right pane click Restart VoIP Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 227 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Status gt VoIP Information On this page you can query the voice user list and status Sequence Line Name Telephone Number User Status Call Status Interface Status 1 AQ Registering Idle Restarting 2 Al Registering Idle To restart the VoIP service click Restart VoIP Restart VoIP Step 6 Check the ONT connection status In the navigation tree choose Status gt WAN Information In the right pane Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Status gt WAN Information On this page you can query the connection status and line status of the WAN interface WAN Name Status IP Acquisition Mode IP Address Subnet Mask VLAN Priority MAC Address Connect 1_VOIP_R_VID_20 Connected DHCP 192 168 11 52 255 255 255 0 20 6 78 1D BA 3C 9F 34 AlwaysOn Step 7 Check the registration status of the voice user In the navigation tree choose Status gt VoIP Information In the right pane User Status is Up Status VoIP Information
142. G8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview System Overview About This Chapter This topic provides the appearance and describes the typical network applications of the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 2 1 Product Introduction This topic provides the appearance and describes the ports and LEDs of the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 2 2 Typical Network Applications This topic describes the typical network applications of the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview 2 1 Product Introduction This topic provides the appearance and describes the ports and LEDs of the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 is an indoor optical network terminal ONT designed for home users and small office and home office SOHO users Its upper shell adopts the natural heat dissipation material and its optical port adopts the dust proof design with a rubber plug The HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 is eye pleasing and energy efficient It can be deployed on a workbench or mounted on a wall meeting users deployment requirements in different scenarios By using the gigabit capable passive optical network GPON tec
143. G8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration User Basic Parameters On this page you can set the basic parameters for the voice users New Delete Register User Associated Sequence Auth User Name Password Name POTS 1 80001234 80001234 soft3000 huawei com iiia f v 2 e 2 Enable User v Register User Name 80001235 Telphone Number Associated POTS L M Auth User Name 80001235 sofx3000 huaw The length must be Password lecccccee Apply Cancel 5 Save the configuration In the navigation tree choose System Tools gt Configuration File In the right pane click Save Configuration to save the configuration System Tools Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File Ifyou enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File 6 Restart the voice process In the navigation tree choose Status gt VoIP Information In the right pane click Restart VoIP Status gt VolP Information On this page you can query the voice user list and status Sequence Register User Name Telephone Number User Status Call Status
144. GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Step 6 Select a required record from the ONT list and then click the The Ont s UNI Port Info tab in the lower pane Step 7 Select a record from the list whose UNI Type is Pots right click and choose Config Port Loopback from the shortcut menu as shown in the following figure Figure 4 15 Local loopback and remote loopback on a POTS port TC i x Loopback Status No Loopback Local Loopback Remote Loopback OK Cancel Apply Step 8 In the dialog box that is displayed select a loopback type and click OK to start a test The loopback types include No Loopback Local Loopback and Remote Loopback End Result After local loopback is set the local voice is audible If the local voice is not audible the POTS port of the ONT is faulty After remote loopback is set the peer end can hear his her echo If the echo is not audible the link from the peer end to the local ONT is faulty The communication recovers after loopback is cancelled or the phone is placed on the hook Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 297 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4 5 9 VoIP Loop Line Test Prerequisite Precautions Procedure Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 A VoIP loop line test is used for l
145. Host Address Indicates the IP address of the DMZ host Enable DMZ Indicates whether to enable the DMZ 5 7 2 PortMapping Configuration 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose Forward Rules gt PortMapping Configuration In the pane on the right click New In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters related to port mapping as shown in Figure 5 26 Figure 5 26 PortMapping Configuration Forward Rules Port Mapping Configuration On this page you can set up virtual servers on the LAN network and allow these servers to be accessed from the Internet by setting port mapping parameters New Delete WAN Name Mapping Name Protocol External Port Internal Port Internal Host Enable Type Custom O Application WAN Name 1_INTERNET_R_ I Protocol TCP v External Start Port 123 External End Part 124 Internal Start Port 200 7 Internal End Port 201 External Source Start Port 145 External Source End Port 146 Internal Host 192 168 100 100 a External Source IP Address 50 20 36 16 Mapping Name FTP Server Enable Part Mapping Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Port mapping indicates that the Intranet server is allowed to be open to the Extranet for example the Intranet provides the Extranet with a WWW server or FTP server Port mapping is to map Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 325 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG
146. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 309 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Bridge Type It can be set to IP or PPPoE Binding options Used to bind the WAN interface to the LAN port or to the wireless SSID NOTE Before setting the binding options set the work mode of the LAN port or the wireless SSID The binding options can be set only after the work mode or wireless SSID is successfully set For details see 5 3 1 LAN Port Work Mode and 5 4 1 WLAN Configuration LO note WAN in route mode The ONT functions as a gateway The IP address of the ONT can be obtained through DHCP Static or PPPoE The IP address of the PC connected to the ONT can be obtained from the DHCP address pool of the ONT or can be set manually WAN in bridge mode The ONT functions as a relay and does not process data The ONT does not obtain the IP address allocated by the upper layer device and it does not allow manual configuration of a static IP address The IP address of the device connected to the ONT can be obtained through DHCP PPPoE or static Inthe case of the DHCP mode you need to set the DHCP relay After configuration is complete the user side IP address is obtained from the upper layer device For the detailed procedure see 5 3 3 DHCP Server Configuration Inthe case of the PPPoE mode the user side IP address is obtai
147. IP Region China Associate WAN Interface WAN1 ONT VolIP binding the created voice WAN port Add ONT VAS Profile xi 27 z E 247 Config Info Time E Services se Voice Serice Voice Service 1 Interface Configuration Interface 1 Physical Interface AONT IGMP Portal EWAN Device E LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 90 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration O note If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create a WAN port named WAN RTP on the ONT and set this WAN port to a media WAN port Specifically choose Interface 1 gt RTP and set Associate WAN Interface to WAN2 WAN RTP Add ONT YAS Profile ATOM 247 x V1R002C06 Later x E 247 Config Info l Time Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 lg Configuration bez oO O meres sso WAN menace WANN AT meme WAN2 WAN RTP v H248 Redundancy Jitter Buffer RTP Extended Configuration FaxT38 FaxModem User Physical Interface IGMP 6 Portal 1 WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Configure SIP protocol parameters In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voic
148. Interface Configuration i Interface 1 WAN1 ONT Vol Physical Interface Security Layer 3 Forwarding Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 178 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration O note If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create a WAN port named WAN RTP on the ONT and set this WAN port to a media WAN port Specifically choose Interface 1 gt RTP and set Associate WAN Interface to WAN2 WAN RTP Add ONT YAS Profile ATOM 247 x V1R002C06 Later x E 247 Config Info l Time Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 lg Configuration bez oO O meres sso WAN menace WANN AT meme WAN2 WAN RTP v H248 Redundancy Jitter Buffer RTP Extended Configuration FaxT38 FaxModem User Physical Interface IGMP 6 Portal 1 WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Configure SIP protocol parameters In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt SIP Select SIP and enter or select a proper value Proxy Server 200 200 200 200 Home Domain softx3000 huawei com A note If dual homing is configured Sec
149. Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 226 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 4 Inthe right pane click New to add voice user 2 and configure the parameters of voice user 2 as follows Line Name Al Associated POTS 2 binding port TEL2 on the ONT Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration 5 Click Apply to apply the configuration CO note The terminal IDs AO and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC IfAssociated POTS is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Associated POTS is 2 port TEL2 on the ONT is bound User Basic Parameters On this page you can set the basic parameters for the voice users New Delete Sequence Line Name Associated POTS Oo 1 AO 1 2 2 Enable Line Name Line Name Al Associated POTS 2 M Apply Cancel Step 4 Save the configuration Choose System Tools gt Configuration File from the navigation tree In the right pane click Save Configuration System Tools gt Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the fash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File Ifyou enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration
150. LAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT 802 1p 1 IP Acquisition Mode PPPoE NAT Enable NAT must be enabled to configure the Internet access service User Name iadtest pppoe Password iadtest The user name and password must be the same as the user name and password configured on the BRAS Binding options LAN1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 145 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration WAN gt WAN Configuration e WAN interface to communicate with h teway u sistent for bo On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT ho the upper layer network equipment and the parameters must be New Delete Connection Name VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode Enable WAN Connection v Mode Route x Service List INTERNET VLAN ID 10 __ 0 4094 802 1p 1 v MultiCast VLAN ID 1 4094 IP Acquisition Mode DHCP O Static PPPoE Enable NAT v User Name iadtest pppoe f 1 63 Characters Password cocco Fa 63 C Dial Method auto Binding options aod Smk SsID1 Apply Cancel c Click Apply to apply the configuration 4 Save the configuration In the navigation tree choose System Tools gt Configuration File In the right pane click Save Configuration to save the configuration
151. LAN Security Route Forward Rules Network Application Voice System Tools Reboot System Tools gt ONT Authentication Configuration File USB Backup Restore CFG On this page you can change the parameters for authentication on the OLT Reset the ONT after changing the parameters Firmware Upgrade 2 ml z Restore Default Configuration Authentication Mode LOID Password A LOID 123456 The loid must be between 1 24 characters in length Maintenance g Password pon824522 The p nust be between 1 12 characters in length Log ONT Authentication Apply Cancel Time Setting TR 069 Advanced Power Management Modify Login Password N Click Apply to apply the configuration CO note The user can modify the ONT SN by using the phone on condition that the ONT has never been online Otherwise the ONT cannot be modified The modification is performed as follows Connect the phone to the POTS port on an ONT dial SN SN SN indicates ASCII codes and then restart the ONT 5 10 9 Time Setting 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt Time Setting In the pane on the right set the parameters related to the system time including the SNTP server time zone and daylight saving time DST as shown in Figure 5 51 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 347 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual
152. LT port to which the ONT is connected are inconsistent with the actual distances The ONT auto find function is disabled on the OLT When the ONT is added the configured SN of the ONT is different from the actual ONT SN An ONT with the same SN is already connected to the OLT The ONT is a rogue ONT Call failure or poor voice quality The connection between the telephone set and the ONT is abnormal The ONT port to which the telephone set is connected is configured incorrectly The telephone set does not register with the voice server The voice service of the telephone set is not configured with a high priority The line connections are abnormal The telephone set is faulty The numbers configured on the ONT are incomplete The digitmap configuration is incorrect The codec and authentication configured on the ONT are incorrect A phone number conflict occurs during the registration The voice IP address fails to be obtained Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 276 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Fault Type Possible Cause Internet access failure The user terminal or the loop line is faulty The PON port is faulty The data configuration of the upper layer device is incorrect The PON board on the OLT is faulty The optical path is faulty
153. Layer 2 Internet access service The PPPoE dialup is performed on the PC After the dialup is successfully performed the user can access the Internet Layer 3 Internet access service The PC is configured to obtain the IP addresses automatically After the PPPoE dialup is successfully performed on the ONT the PC can automatically obtain the IP addresses allocated by the ONT and the user can access the Internet 3 4 5 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service on the Web Page This topic provides an example of how to configure the SIP based voice service on the Web page Prerequisite The Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONTs are enabled by running the OLT commands For details see Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLI You have established the environment for logging in to the Web page for service configuration and have successfully logged in to the Web page For details see 3 4 3 Locally Logging in to the Web Interface Two telephone sets must be available and each must be connected to ports TEL1 and TEL2 respectively on the ONT Context LO note Some voice parameters cannot be configured on the Web page but can be configured by importing an XML configuration file For details about how to import an XML configuration file see 3 6 1 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the Web Page Procedure Step 1 Configure parameters of the voice WAN port 1 In the navigatio
154. M Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 0 this parameter is set to 0 automatically VLAN ID 10 Internet access user side VLAN ID Add GPON Line Profile Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 LE Right click GEM Portl in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 1 this parameter is set to 1 automatically VLAN ID 20 Voice user side VLAN ID Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 41 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 p Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 2 this parameter is set to 2 automatically VLAN ID 30 Multicast user side VLAN ID Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 cE ox _ cancel e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to
155. Mode Priority Queue Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 51 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Name eS Mapping Node wno O lacsmode fProryauss Omec Enemon for Right click T CONT Info in the navigation tree and choose ADD T CONT from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters T CONT Index 1 DBA Profile FTTx L_ox__ Right click T CONT1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Port from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters GEM Port Index 1 Priority Queue 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 52 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding group T CONT Info E T CONTO ok cance Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 0 this parameter is set to 0 automatically VLAN ID 10 Internet access user side VLAN ID Add GPON Line Profile Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 LE
156. NE from the shortcut menu g Inthe dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 4 Configure a service profile The service profile type should be consistent with the actual ONT type The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities of HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 42 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Product Number of Number of Number of ETH Ports POTS Ports CATV Ports 1 HG8010 HG8110 HG8245 HG8247 od 4 HG8447 a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree b Click the Service Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Number of Pots Ports 2 Number of ETH Ports 4 Number of CATV Ports 1 x Name FTTx Alias Configuration Base Info UNI Port Name Number of Pots Ports 0 8 Number of IPhost Parts Valu
157. NT through the Web page onfigure the parameters o the WAN interface onfigure the TR 069 parameters Save the configuration Confirm the ONT Step 1 Configure the parameters of the WAN interface 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose WAN gt WAN Configuration 2 Inthe pane on the right click New In the dialog box that is displayed configure the parameters of the WAN interface as follows WAN Connection Enable Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 236 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service List TR069 Mode Route VLAN ID 50 802 1p 6 IP Acquisition Mode DHCP WAN gt WAN Configuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT home gateway communicates with the upper layer network equipment through the WAN interface During the communication the parameter settings of the WAN interface must be consistent with those of the upper layer network equipment New Delete Connection Name VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode Enable WAN Connection Service List TRO69 vi Mode Route v VLAN ID 320 Fc1 4094 802 1p 0 v IP Acquisition Mode DHCP Static O PPPoE Vendor ID l o o The vendor ID must be 0 63 characters in length Apply Cancel 3 Click Apply to apply the configurati
158. NT line an ONT on the OLT The ONT is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through optical fibers The service can be configured only after an ONT is successfully added on the OLT Two ONTs are connected to GPON port 0 1 1 The ONT IDs are and 2 the SNs are 6877687714852900 and 6877687714852901 the management mode is OMCI and ONT line profile 10 and service profile 10 are bound to the two ONTs l Add an ONT offline If the password or SN of an ONT is obtained you can run the ont add command to add the ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 Automatically find an ONT If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown run the port portid ont auto find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONT auto find function of the GPON port Then run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont autofind 1 After this command is executed the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed Number 2 alt F S P O 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852900 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion
159. ON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Step 4 Select a required record from the ONT list right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu Step 5 Configure static WAN parameters Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 282 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting In the navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection Select WAN Connection right click and choose Add IP Connection from the shortcut menu Select WAN IP Interfacel and add a static WAN interface Set WAN Interface Name which identifies a WAN interface and can be specified freely Set WAN Enable to enable Set Connection Type to IP_Routed Set Vlan ID the same as the CVLAN ID of the traffic streams configured on the OLT Set Addressing Type to Static and set IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway Set Service Type to INTERNET For details see Figure 4 5 Figure 4 5 Configuring static WAN parameters 247 Config Info Time Services EH WAN Device EH WAN Device 1 EWAN Connection WAN Connection 1 E WAN IP Interface EVAN IP Interface 1 ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Step 6 Enable the access rights on the WAN i od oO jaz D D 4 ow D z 44 Static 0 10 10 10 oO
160. ON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Prerequisite Context Procedure Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 The Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONTs are enabled by running the OLT commands For details see Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLI The ONT is auto discovered on the U2560 For details see Commissioning Interoperation Between the U2560 and the ONT Through the Web Page The user side PC must be connected with the LAN port ofan ONT by using network cables The Internet access service includes the Layer 2 Internet access service and Layer 3 Internal access service Layer 2 Internet access service The PPPoE dialup is performed on the PC The IP address is allocated by the upper layer BRAS The ONT is connected to the OLT and then to the upper layer network in the Layer 2 mode to provide the high speed Internet access service Layer 3 Internet access service The PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the ONT The IP address is allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONT The ONT is connected to the OLT and then to the upper layer network in the Layer 3 mode to provide the high speed Internet access service You do not need to configure the Layer 2 Internet access service on the ONT but you need to only enable the Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONT This topic describes only how to configure the Layer 3 Internet access service Every dat
161. ONT Run the display dba profile command to check the DBA profile bound to the ONT Run the display service port command to check whether the traffic stream configuration is correct Run the display vlan command to check whether the upstream port of the ONT is added to a VLAN Step 6 Check the status of the upper layer device Specifically check whether the OLT is in the normal state End 4 3 Tools Used for Troubleshooting This topic describes the tools required for troubleshooting digital multimeter and optical power meter 4 3 1 Digital Multimeter This topic describes the functions and usage instructions of the digital multimeter The digital multimeter is a simple and practical test meter frequently used in the electrotechnical and electronic industries It is inexpensive convenient to carry and easy to use and has a complete set of functions Basically the digital multimeter is used to measure the resistance DC voltage AC voltage current and capacitance and test diodes and triodes To use the digital multimeter do as follows l Turn on the power supply Ifa digital multimeter without a dedicated power switch is used skip this step Select the items to be tested Choose a proper measurement range Perform the measurement correctly Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 278 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG84
162. On this page you can query the voice user list and status Sequence Line Name Telephone Number User Status Call Status Interface Status 1 AD Up Idle Inservice 2 Al Up a Idle To restart the VoIP service click Restart VoIP Restart VoIP End Result User 1 with telephone number 88001234 can call user 2 with telephone number 88001235 and the communication between them is normal The communication is also normal for user 2 s calling user 1 A note The termination IDs of line 1 and line 2 configured on the MGC correspond to telephone numbers 88001234 and 88001235 respectively Check whether the voice communication between users using different ONTs is normal 3 4 7 Configuring the Wi Fi Access Service on the Web Page This topic provides an example of how to configure the Wi Fi access service on the Web page Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 228 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration The Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONTs are enabled by running the OLT commands For details see Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLI You have established the environment for logging in to the Web page for service configuration and have successfully logged in to the Web page For details see 3 4 3 Locally Logging in to the Web I
163. Path Download User Name Password Port Number Download URL Local Path State FTP Server Configuration You can share data of USB mass storage device in LAN by config FTP Server Enable FTP Server User Name root Password eocee Device No USB Device Root Directory Path Apply Cancel 2 Click Download to download files from the FTP server to the USB storage device Table 5 12 describes the parameters related to the USB Table 5 12 Parameters related to the USB Download URL Indicates the path of the file downloaded through FTP Port Number Indicates the FTP port number It is set to 21 by default Generally the setting is not required Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 328 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Parameter Description User Name Indicates the user name for connecting to the FTP server If the FTP server supports anonymous login the setting is not required Password Indicates the password for connecting to the FTP server If the FTP server supports anonymous login the setting is not required Device Indicates the drive of the external USB device for saving the file downloaded through FTP When the USB storage device is connected to the USB port the drop down list is available Local Path Indicates the path for saving the FTP downloaded file to t
164. Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the DBA Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth Maximum Bandwidth 32768 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 80 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g Add DBA Profile xj Profile Parameters Alias T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth v Assured Bandwidth Kbit s 128 1235456 128 Fixed Bandwidth kbit s 128 1235456 128 Maximum Bandwidth Kbitis 128 1235456 32768 Bandwidth Compensation No oe IL cee 2009 _ Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK Configure a line profile In a line profile a GEM port can be bound to up to eight service streams Ina GEM port different GEM connections need to be set up for different service streams In this example the mapping between GEM ports and MDU side services is implemented through VLANs and the service streams of each service are mapped to GEM port 1 In addition different GEM connections are set up for the management VLAN and th
165. Profile gt ONT VAS Profile On the ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set relevant parameters Profile Name ONT IPTV Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 124 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Terminal Type 247 Version V1RO02C06 Later X ONT IPTV HWTC 2011 M 247 X WiRGO2CO6 Later v E 24 Config Info Import Export OK Cancel Apply d Configure the working mode of a LAN port a Inthe navigation tree choose LANDevice gt LAN Interface 1 gt LAN Interface b Select LAN Interface right click and choose Add Add LAN Ethernet Configuration 2 and LAN Ethernet Configuration 3 c Select LAN Ethernet Configuration 3 and set LAN Port two three port enable to enable This indicates that LAN 3 works in Layer 3 mode Q note IfLAN Port two three port enable is disable the LAN port works in the Layer 2 mode IfLAN Port two three port enable is enable the LAN port works in the Layer 3 mode LAN Port two three port enable is defaulted to disable By default the system has one LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 node To add multiple nodes select LAN Interface right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and
166. Service List VOIP w VLAN ID 20 0 4094 802 1p 6 IP Acquisition Mode DHCP O Static O PPPoE Vendor ID The vendor ID must be 0 63 characters in length Apply Cancel Click Apply to apply the configuration Configure the parameters of the H 248 based voice interface In the navigation tree choose Voice gt VoIP Interface Configuration In the right pane configure the parameters of the H 248 based voice interface as follows other parameters use the default settings Set MGC Address below Primary Server to 200 200 200 200 MID Format DomainName MG Domain 6877687714852901 Signaling Port 1_VOIP_R_VID_20 Region CN China CO note The parameters of the H 248 based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the media gateway controller MGC If dual homing is configured MGC Address below Secondary Server must be configured MID Format can be set to Domain Name IP or Device If MID Format is set to Domain Name or Device the setting must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC Domain Name is ONT s domain name registered on the MGC It is globally unique Domain Name in this example is ONT s SN If Media Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Signaling Port The media streams are not isolated from signaling streams If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different tr
167. Services WAN Device WAN Device 1 LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding a SSeS WAN Connection WAN Connection 1 WAN IP Interface EAN IP Interface INT IPT P_Bridged INTERNET JEA 2 e o UZUGI 4jaia In the navigation tree choose Services gt IGMP Select IGMP and enter proper values WAN Port IGMP Switch Enable Proxy Switch Disable Snooping Switch Enable Add ONT VAS Profile ONT IPTV V1R002C06 Later E 247 Config Info Time C Services Voice Serice Portal EWAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding x EN ar mjojm oO SMETE O note The ONT multicast modes IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping conflict Only one mode is supported at a time Configure a routing policy a In the navigation tree choose Layer 3 Forwarding gt Policy Route Select Policy Route right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 127 EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration b Select Policy Route 1 and enter proper values Physical Port Name LAN3 WAN Interface Name WANI ONT IPTV x Profile Name ONT IPTV WendorID HWTC 2011 vir Terminal Type 247 wv Version V1R002C06 Later w
168. SignalingProtocol Region DTMFMethod DigitMap X_HW _DigitMapMatchMode X_HW _PortName X_HW _OverseaVer X_HW_HowlerSendFlag X_HW _InterfaceState EE ee et e Refresh J nooy al Step 5 Configure the SIP service parameters Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt Services gt VoiceService gt 1 gt VoiceProfile gt 1 gt SIP from the navigation tree In the right pane set the parameters as follows Set ProxyServer to softx3000 huawei com indicating that the address of the SIP proxy server is softx3000 huawei com Set RegistarServer to 200 200 200 200 indicating that the SIP registration address is 200 200 200 200 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 247 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic ProxyServer softx3000 huawei com ProxyServerPort 5060 ProxyServerTransport X_HW _SecondaryProxyServe X_HW _SecondaryProxyServet 5060 i 200 200 20 UserAgentDomain UserAgentPort Organization RegistrationPeriod TimerT1 TimerT2 TimerT4 RegisterRetryInterval InboundAuthUsername InboundAuthPassword UseCodecPriorityInSDPRespo add Delete Step 6 Configure the information about SIP voice users 1 Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt Service gt VoiceService gt 1 gt VoiceProfile gt 1 gt Line gt 1 from the navigation tree In the righ
169. Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 3 3 Configuration by Using OLT Commands This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service VoIP service and IPTV service by using OLT commands 3 3 1 Data Plan This topic plans the data in a unified manner for connecting to the OLT in the FTTH GPON access mode for various example networks The subsequent examples are configured based on the following data plan Data Plan Table 3 4 provides the unified data plan for configuring the HSI IPTV and VoIP services in an FTTH network Table 3 4 Data plan for the FTTH GPON access Service Item Remarks Classificati on Network FTTH OLT PON port 0 1 1 data ONT ID 1 2 Service HSI service SVLAN 100 VLAN CVLAN 10 IPTV service Multicast VLAN 1000 Generally multicast SVLAN 1000 VLANS are divided according to CVLAN 30 multicast sources VoIP service SVLAN 200 CVLAN 20 Qos HSI service ues 1 queue scheduling Generally the priority QoS priorities are VoIP service IPTV service Priority 4 queue scheduling IPTV service gt WRR Internet access VolP service Priority 6 queue scheduling PEIRE E PQ descending order Generally the priority is set on the ONT and the OLT inherits the priority set on the ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 129 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
170. a a Back Next Done Cancel Click Done 3 Add a service virtual port on the OLT side On the VLAN tab page select the record where VLAN ID is set to 1000 and click the ServicePort tab in the lower pane In the information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name IGMP VIAN Choice Smart VLAN Connection Type LAN GPON when the physical port is a GPON port or LAN EPON when the physical port is an EPON port Interface Selection 0 2 1 0 1 when the connection type is LAN GPON or 0 2 1 0 when the connection type is LAN EPON Vlan ID 1000 SVLAN ID Service Type Multi Service VLAN User VLAN 30 CVLAN ID Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same selected Upstream Traffic Name ip traffic table_6 it is recommended that you use the default profile ip traffic table_6 because the OLT does not limit the rates of service streams Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 105 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration d Add Service Port wmon Mult Service VLAN v pos ae Click OK Add a multicast VLAN on the OLT side Choose Multicast gt Multicast VLAN from the navigation tree On the Multicast VLAN tab page set th
171. a change must be saved You can click Save in a window to save data changes If you navigate to another node without saving data changes a dialog box will be displayed prompting you to save the data changes In this case click YES in the dialog box New data will be automatically applied to the ONTs after the data changes are saved When configuring services on the U2560 do not modify the WAN interface connecting the U2560 and the ONT Otherwise the U2560 loses communication with the ONT Log in to the U2560 and choose Subnet View gt TR069 Subnet from the navigation tree In the terminal list right click an ONT and choose Tools gt Configure in Real Time from the shortcut menu In the Configure in Real Time dialog box set Root Node to Internet gateway device Configure the working mode of a LAN port Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt LANDevice gt 1 gt LANEthernetInterfaceConfig gt 1 from the navigation tree In the right pane set X_HW_L3Enable to 1 indicating that port LAN1 works in the L3 mode Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 241 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Root Node Internet gateway devic w InternetGatewayDevice a Parameter miele X_HW_L3Enable X_HW_WilanEnable WLANConfiguration LANHostConfigManz Hosts LANEthernetin
172. a profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 2 dba profile id 20 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 3 dba profile id 30 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 4 dba profile id 40 Add GEM ports which are used to carry service streams of the ETH type and bind the GEM ports to T CONTs Set the QoS mode to priority queue default HSI service Add a GEM port which ID is 1 and bind the GEM port to T CONT 1 VoIP service Add a GEM port which ID is 2 and bind the GEM port to T CONT 2 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 207 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Wi Fi service Add a GEM port which ID is 3 and bind the GEM port to T CONT 3 U2560 management channel Add a GEM port which ID is 4 and bind the GEM port to T CONT 4 note a Tochange the QoS mode run the qos mode command to configure the QoS mode to gem car or flow car and run the gem add command to configure the ID of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port b When the QoS mode is PQ the default queue priority is 0 when the QoS is flow car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation when the QoS mode is gem car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 1 eth tcont 1 huawei config gpon lineprof
173. ace index 1 G Services WAN Device WAN Interface Name ONT HSI El WAN Device 1 WAN Enable enable bd E WAN Connection Connection Type IP_Routed v E WAN Connection 1 NATEnabled enable i WAN PPP Interface NAN PPP Interface 1 EREE INTERNEN f LANDevice v Vian ID 1 4094 10 QUOI i Priority 0 7 1 Security amp Layer 3 Forwarding Multicast VLAN 1 4094 Dial Method Auto x Dial Interval s 180 3600 180 Import Export ok Cancei Apply f Configure a routing policy a Inthe navigation tree choose Layer 3 Forwarding gt Policy Route Select Policy Route right click and choose Add b Choose Policy Route 1 and enter proper values Physical Port Name LAN1 WAN Interface Name WAN1 ONT HSI Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 60 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g xi Profile Name ONT HSI WendorID HWTC 2011 vi Terminal Type 247 wv Version V1R002C06 Later X E 247 Config Info Parameter Name Parameter Value Time SourcePhyPort G Services hysical Port Name EWAN Device E LANDevice ALG Abit Security E Layer 3 Forwarding E Policy Route olicy Route 1 Import Export ok j Cancel Apply QI note To b
174. activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONT Ifthe ONT fails to be in the up state that is Run state is offline the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged You need to check both the material and the line Ifthe ONT state fails that is Config state is failed the ONT capability set outmatches the actual ONT capabilities For details about the ONT actual capabilities see Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause Then rectify the fault according to actual conditions C note If an ONT supports only four queues the values of 4 7 of the priority queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid After configuration recovers Config state will be failed Ifthe ONT does not match that is Match state is mismatch the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONT In this case run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONT and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONT configuration Create a proper ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONT Modify the ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and save the modification Then
175. affic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONT and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port Profile Index can be set to Default BT FT KPN PCCW ZTE or BELL Choose the value based on the MGC type Profile Index is set to Default indicating interconnection with Huawei MGC in this example If the settings do not meet requirements configure UserDefine For details about how to configure this parameter contact Huawei technical support Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 158 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Voice gt VoIP Basic Configuration Interface Basic Parameters On this page you can set the basic parameters for the voice interface Primary MGC Address 200 200 200 200 IP or Domain Primary MGC Port 2944 q Standby MGC Address Standby MGC Port 2944 1 65535 MG Domain 6877687714852901 Local Port 2944 1 6553 Device Name MID Format DomainName v Digitmap Match Mode Min x RTP TID Prefix moo Start Number of RTP TID o o Width of RTP TID Number 6 e WAN that will carry the voice signaling Signaling Port AN that will carry the voice media The Media Port Region CN China v Apply Cancel c Click Apply to apply the configuration 4 Configure
176. age Reference Figure 5 34 IGMP configuration Network Application gt IGMP Configuration On this page you can set the IGMP parameters You can enable the IGMP for the WAN interface by choosing HomeGateway as the IGMP work mode You can configure the parameters such as robustness general query interval general response time special query number special query interval and special response time only when IGMP work mode is HomeGateway and IGMP proxy are enabled IGMP Enable Enable i IGMP Work Mode Proxy E x Robustness 2 ki 10 default value 2 General query interval 125 k30 5000s default value 125s General query response time 100 1 256 unit 0 1s default value 100 Specific query number 2 Ha 10 default value 2 Specific query interval 10 P 1 5000 unit 0 1s default value 10 Specific queryresponse time 10 ka 255 unit 0 1s default value 10 Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration The IGMP function of WAN ports can be enabled only when IGMP works in the gateway mode Only when IGMP proxy is enabled in the gateway mode parameters such as Robustness General query interval General query response time Specific query number Specific query interval and Specific query response time 5 8 8 QoS Configuration 1 Click the Network Application tab and then choose QoS Configuration from the navigation tree In the right pane enable disable QoS and select a QoS m
177. ails to be in the up state that is Run state is offline the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged You need to check both the material and the line Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 194 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Ifthe ONT state fails that is Config state is failed the ONT capability set outmatches the actual ONT capabilities For details about the ONT actual capabilities see Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause Then rectify the fault according to actual conditions CI note If an ONT supports only four queues the values of 4 7 of the priority queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid After configuration recovers Config state will be failed Ifthe ONT does not match that is Match state is mismatch the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONT In this case run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONT and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONT configuration Create a proper ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and then run the ont modify
178. al Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Figure 3 4 Configuring the GPON FTTH voice service SIP protocol network LAN Switch OLT Optical splitter Phonet Phone2 Procedure Add the ONT to the U2000 in profile mode 1 Configure an MEF IP traffic profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose Traffic Profile from the navigation tree b Click the MEF IP Traffic Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 79 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g CIR 20480 Outer Priority 1 Add BEF IP Traffic Profile 67360 0960 312720 Assign Priority Assign Priority Local Setting color blind Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 2 Configure a DBA profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON
179. al Service Manual 3 Configuration Service Classificati on Multicast version Multicast program configuration mode IP address of the 10 10 10 10 multicast server Multicast program 224 1 1 10 VoIP service data MG interface H 248 NOTE The parameters of the MG interface must be the same as the parameters on the MGC H 248 has many negotiation parameters and the parameters here are mandatory IGMP V3 Static configuration mode IP address of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs 2944 MID format domain name MG domain name 6877687714852901 TID AO and Al Remarks IGMP v3 and IGMP v2 are supported and IGMP v3 is compatible with IGMP v2 The OLT can also generate a multicast program library that is dynamically generate a program list according to the programs requested by users In this mode the program list need not be configured or maintained however the functions such as program management user multicast bandwidth management program preview and program prejoin are not supported When dual homing is configured the IP address and the port ID of the secondary MGC must also be configured Domain name is globally unique This example uses ONT s SN as the domain name The phone numbers of terminals AO and Al are 88001234 and 88001235 Issue 02
180. al Service Manual 3 Configuration a Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONT default 192 168 100 1 b Open the Web browser and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONT c Onthe login window enter the user name default telecomadmin and password default admintelecom of the administrator After the password authentication is passed the Web configuration window is displayed 2 Configure the working mode of a LAN port a In the navigation tree choose LAN gt LAN Port Work Mode Select the check box of LAN 1 and set LAN to work in the Layer 3 mode LAN gt LAN Port Work Mode On this page you can configure the LAN ports to work in layer3 mode by selecting the corresponding check box The layer3 ports will be assigned as HG ports v LAN1 LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 Apply Cancel b Click Apply to apply the configuration 3 Configure parameters of a WAN port a Inthe navigation tree choose WAN gt WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed configure parameters of a WAN port as follows WAN Connection Enable Service List INTERNET For configuring the Internet access service INTERNET or a combination containing INTERNET needs to be selected Mode Route VLAN ID 10 The V
181. alue reaches the threshold the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS a Configure a DBA profile Run the display dba profile command to query the existing DBA profiles in the system If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirement run the dba profile add command to create a DBA profile Set the DBA profile ID to 20 type to Type3 assured bandwidth to 15 Mbit s and maximum bandwidth to 30 Mbit s huawei config dba profile add profile id 20 type3 assure 15360 max 30720 b Configure an ONT line profile Create GPON ONT line profile 10 and bind T CONT 2 to DBA profile 20 huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 2 dba profile id 20 Create GEM port 2 for carrying traffic streams of the ETH type and bind GEM port 2 to T CONT 2 Set the QoS mode to priority queue default L note a To change the QoS mode run the qos mode command to configure the QoS mode to gem car or flow car and run the gem add command to configure the ID of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port b When the QoS mode is PQ the default queue priority is 0 when the QoS is flow car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation when the QoS mode is gem car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 2 eth tcont 2 Configure the mapping between the G
182. ame 88001234 softx3000 huawei com Auth Password iadtest1 User 2 Directory Number 88001235 Auth User Name 88001235softx3000 huawei com Auth Password iadtest2 Prerequisite The SIP interface data and the PSTN user data corresponding to the MG interface must be configured on the SIP server The OLT must be connected to the SIP server The IP address of the SIP server can be pinged from the OLT For the ONT to provision different voice services you must select different software versions Before configuration ensure that the ONT s version is V100R002C06 Procedure Configure the OLT 1 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it The VLAN ID is 200 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 200 huawei config vlan 200 smart huawei config port vlan 200 0 19 0 2 Optional Configure upstream link aggregation In this example a single upstream port is used In the case of multiple upstream ports upstream link aggregation can be configured For details see Configuring Upstream Link Aggregation 3 Enables ARP proxy For different users of the same SVLAN because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other the voice media streams cannot interchange normally Therefore the ARP proxy function of the OLT needs to be enabled huawei config arp proxy enable huawei config interface vlanif 200 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 16
183. an IGMP upstream port The IGMP upstream port is port 0 19 0 and works in the default mode and protocol packets are transmitted to all the IGMP upstream ports in the multicast VLAN huawei config mvlan1000 igmp uplink port 0 19 0 huawei config mvlan1000 btv huawei config btv igmp uplink port mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode y n n y Optional Set the multicast global parameters In this example the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters Configure the program library Configure the IP address of the multicast program to 224 1 1 10 program name to program1 IP address of the program source to 10 10 10 10 huawei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlanl1000 igmp program add name programl ip 224 1 1 10 sourceip 10 10 10 10 Configure the right profile Configure the profile name to profile0 with the right of watching program 1 huawei config mvlan1000 btv huawei config btv igmp profile add profile name profile0 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 188 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Result huawei config btv igmp profile profile name profile0 program name programl watch 16 Configure the multicast users Configure users of service ports 5 and 6 as multicast users and bind right
184. art VLAN VLAN attribute is stacking Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 100 huawei config vlan 100 smart huawei config vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei config port vlan 100 0 19 0 2 Optional Configure upstream link aggregation In this example a single upstream port is used In the case of multiple upstream ports upstream link aggregation can be configured For details see Configuring Upstream Link Aggregation 3 Configure GPON ONT profiles GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile line profile service profile and alarm profile Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 133 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration DBA profile A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate Line profile A line profile describes the binding between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONT side service Service profile A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONT that is managed through OMCI Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines When a statistical value reaches the threshold the host is notified a
185. ason may lie in an old Wi Fi driver version If so replace the old version with a new one 3 5 Configuring the Service by Using U2560 This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service VoIP service and Wi Fi service by using U2560 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 234 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 3 5 1 Preparations Before configuring services on the U2560 plan data of the entire network in a unified manner and add the ONT to the U2560 Commissioning Interoperation Between the U2560 and the ONT Through the Web Page To configure and issue ONT services using the U2560 you need to add the ONT on the U2560 so that the U2560 can manage the ONT Prerequisite Before adding an ONT to the U2560 ensure that Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and the ONT are enabled and the management traffic stream on the U2560 are created For details see Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLI Data Plan Table 3 14 provides the data plan for commissioning interoperation between the U2560 and the ONT through the Web page Table 3 14 Data plan for commissioning interoperation between the U2560 and the ONT through the Web page Service type of When configuring the U2560 management channel the WAN you need to select only TR069 or a combination
186. asurement unit dB or dBm eh E Perform the measurement Figure 4 4 shows the measurement interface of the optical power meter Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 280 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Figure 4 4 Measurement interface of the optical power meter 1310 mm ONT nals Warning 1490 nm i JRM Fass T mbr 1550 nm Optical channel loss is the total insertion loss caused by optical fibers optical splitters optical fiber connectors and fiber connection points Table 4 4 shows the estimation of optical channel loss in the engineering design Table 4 4 Optical loss parameters in engineering point Mechanical 0 2 splicing eo mooo 652 Optical channel loss L x a n1 x b n2 x c n3 x d e f dB Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 281 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting O note a indicates the average loss of an optical fiber per kilometer unit dB km L indicates the total length of the optical fiber unit km The loss of patch cords and pigtail fibers used in engineering can be ignored because they are usually very short b indicates the loss of a fusion splicing po
187. ate the control flag If Config State is normal it indicates that the ONT configuration recovery is successful Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 277 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting If Config State is failed it indicates that the ONT configuration recovery fails A possible cause of this failure is that the ONT is bound to an incorrect ONT profile To resolve this problem run relevant commands to issue a correct ONT profile or reset the ONT If Match State is match it indicates that the configured capacity set of the ONT is the same as the actual ONT capabilities If Match State is mismatch it indicates that the configured capacity set of the ONT is different from the actual ONT capabilities which will cause registration failure In this case add a new ONT service profile Step 4 Check the statistics of the ONT In the GIU mode run the display port statistics command to query the traffic statistics of the upstream port of the ONT Specifically check whether receive and transmit traffic exists In the GPON mode run the display statistics ont command to query the performance statistics of the ONT PON port In the GPON mode run the display statistics ont eth command to query the performance statistics of the ONT ETH ports Step 5 Check the data configuration of the
188. ateway involve a large amount of configuration information most of which is not defined in the OMCI protocol and cannot be configured on the Web page or the U2000 Issuing the XML configuration file functions as a supplement to completing all ONT configurations Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 264 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration A CAUTION Web interface and the U2000 cannot use the same XML configuration file The XML configuration file of Web interface contains all configuration data while the XML configuration file of the U2000 contains only part of the configuration data H 248 and SIP can share the same XML configuration file but the configurations involving voice service need to be re configured accordingly The XML configuration file is generally exported for modifying and then imported back Configuration rolls back or even factory defaults are restored if an incorrect XML configuration file is imported When configuration parameters of an XML configuration file need to be modified please contact Huawei technical engineers for help 3 6 1 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the Web Page This topic describes how to issue the XML configuration file on the Web page Prerequisite You have established the environment for logging in to the Web page for service configuratio
189. ation Interface 1 SIP RTP 6877687714852901 FaxT38 FawModem User Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Unbind Import Export OK Cancel Configure the terminal ID for the H 248 voice user In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt User a Click User 1 gt H248 and set TID to AO HyTC 2011 247 DL V1R002C06 E 247 Config Info Time Senices Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface Configuration Interface 1 SIP H248 RTP Fax T38 FaxiModem User User 1 SIP SIP Calling Features Codec User 2 E Physical Interface Liga Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Secu Unbind Import Export OK b Click User 2 gt H248 and set TID to A1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 77 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Result 3 2 5 Configuring GPON FTTH Voice Service SIP Protocol on the NMS End Check whether the telephone functions properly Connect two common telephones phone 1 and phone 2 to two TEL ports on the ONT and test the dialing between phone 1 and phone 2 In normal cases Configure VAS d xj Profile
190. ation Base Info Line Ethernet port binding group T CONT Info E T CONTO ok cance Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 0 this parameter is set to 0 automatically VLAN ID 10 Internet access user side VLAN ID Add GPON Line Profile Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 LE Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 1 this parameter is set to 1 automatically VLAN ID 20 Voice user side VLAN ID Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 83 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 p Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 2 this parameter is set to 2 automatically VLAN ID 30 Multicast user side VLAN ID Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 cE
191. ault alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required Run the gpon alarm profile add command to configure an alarm profile which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONT line Add an ONT on the OLT The ONT is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through optical fibers The service can be configured only after an ONT is successfully added on the OLT Two ONTs are connected to GPON port 0 1 1 The ONT IDs are 1 and 2 the SNs are 6877687714852900 and 6877687714852901 the management mode is OMCI and ONT line profile 10 and service profile 10 are bound to the two ONTs a Add an ONT offline If the password or SN of an ONT is obtained you can run the ont add command to add the ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 Automatically find an ONT If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown run the port portid ont auto find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONT auto find function of the GPON port Then run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 185 Copyright Huawei Te
192. awei config gpon lineprofile 10 mapping mode vlan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 1 0 vlan 10 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 quit Configure an ONT service profile The ID of the VLAN to which ETH port belongs is 10 The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities ofHG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 134 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration d Product HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 port vlan eth 1 10 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 quit Optional Configure an alarm profile The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1 The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0 which
193. awei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 1 Status This topic describes how to query the information about the WAN interface VoIP interface and Wi Fi port through the Web page 5 1 1 WAN Information In the navigation tree on the left choose Status gt WAN Information In the pane on the right you can view the status of the WAN interface mode of obtaining an IP address IP address and subnet mask as shown in Figure 5 1 Figure 5 1 WAN Information Status gt WAN Information On this page you can query the connection status and line status of the WAN interface IP Acquisition IP Subnet th WAN Name Status VLAN Priority MAC Address Connect Mode Address Mask 1_INTERNET_R_VID_150 Connected PPPoE 192 168 11 52 150 1 00 00 00 00 00 03 AlwaysOn 5 1 2 VoIP Information In the navigation tree on the left choose Status gt VoIP Information Then in the pane on the right you can query the information such as user status and call status The SIP configuration page is slightly different from the H 248 configuration page as shown in Figure 5 2 and Figure 5 3 Figure 5 2 VoIP Information SIP Status VoIP Information On this page you can query the voice user list and status Sequence Register User Name Telephone Number User Status Call Status 1 77770085 Up Idle 2 77770086 Up Idle To restart the VoIP service click Restar
194. be configured For details see Configuring Upstream Link Aggregation 3 Enables ARP proxy For different users of the same SVLAN because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other the voice media streams cannot interchange normally Therefore the ARP proxy function of the OLT needs to be enabled huawei config arp proxy enable huawei config interface vlanif 200 huawei config if vlanif200 arp proxy enable huawei config if vlanif200 quit 4 Configure GPON ONT profiles GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile line profile service profile and alarm profile DBA profile A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate Line profile A line profile describes the binding between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONT side service Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 152 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service profile A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONT that is managed through OMCI Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines When a statistical v
195. be requested and installed The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the multicast source The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT Procedure Configure the OLT 1 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it The VLAN ID is 1000 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 1000 huawei config vlan 1000 smart huawei config port vlan 1000 0 19 0 2 Optional Configure upstream link aggregation In this example a single upstream port is used In the case of multiple upstream ports upstream link aggregation can be configured For details see Configuring Upstream Link Aggregation 3 Configure GPON ONT profiles GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile line profile service profile and alarm profile DBA profile A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate Line profile A line profile describes the binding between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONT side service Service profile A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONT that is managed through OMCI Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines When a statistical value reache
196. ber 88001234 can call user 2 with telephone number 88001235 and the communication between them is normal The communication is also normal for user 2 s calling user 1 note The termination IDs of line 1 and line 2 configured on the MGC correspond to telephone numbers 88001234 and 88001235 respectively Check whether the voice communication between users using different ONTs is normal 3 5 6 Configuring the Wi Fi Access Service Through the U2560 This topic provides an example of how to configure the Wi Fi access service through the TR 069 server Prerequisite The Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONTs are enabled by running the OLT commands For details see Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLI The ONT is auto discovered on the U2560 For details see Commissioning Interoperation Between the U2560 and the ONT Through the Web Page Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 258 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Context Procedure Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 A portable computer with the Wi Fi function must be available The Wi Fi wireless access service includes the Layer 3 bridge Wi Fi service and the Layer 3 route Wi Fi service Layer 3 Wi Fi service Search for the SSID is performed on the PC After the user passes the ver
197. bility Parameter Name Parameter Value WAN PPP interface index 1 WAN Interface Name ONT HSI H WAN Device 1 WAN Enable enable 7 E WAN Connection Connection Type IP_Routed b Bae eNiConneciony NATEnabled enable a iadtest pppoe Service Type INTERNET bd Security E Layer 3 Forwarding Vian IDC 4094 10 Priority 0 7 1 MultiCast VLAN 1 4094 Dial Method Auto ba Dial Interval s 180 3600 180 Unbind 1 Switch to Current ONT Task Import Export ok Cancel_ Click OK In the dialog box that is displayed click OK The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT The PC obtains the IP addresses automatically After the PPPoE dialup is successfully performed on the ONT the PC can automatically obtain the IP addresses allocated by the ONT through DHCP Then the Internet access service is provisioned after Websites are entered into Internet Explorer IE address bars of the PC Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 150 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration File vlan 100 smart vlan attrib 100 stacking port vlan 100 0 19 0 dba profile add profile id 10 type4 max 102400 ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 tcont 4 dba profile id 10 gem add 1 eth
198. ble WAN side PC to access the ONT through TELNET Fi Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration 5 6 Route This topic describes how to configure the default route and static route through the Web page 5 6 1 Default Route Configuration 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose Route gt Default Route Configuration In the pane on the right select or deselect the Default Route option button to enable or disable the default route of the system as shown in Figure 5 22 Figure 5 22 Default Route Configuration Route Default Route Configuration On this page you can configure the default route Enable Default Route WAN Name 1_INTERNET_R_ ID_150 v Apply Cancel LQ note Ifan ONT fails to find a matching routing entry after receiving a packet the WAN interface specified by the default route configuration sends the packet to a network device Before the default route of the system is enabled the WAN interface must obtain the IP address Therefore the parameters of the WAN interface must be correctly set For details see 5 2 1 WAN Configuration 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 322 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 6 2 Static Route Configuration 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose Route gt Static Ro
199. bnet as that of the IP address set in LAN Host Configuration Otherwise the DHCP server fails to work Leased Time Indicates the lease time of the IP address pool on the active DHCP server Options minute hour day and week Enable secondary DHCP server Indicates whether to enable the secondary DHCP server If the check box is selected you can set the secondary DHCP server IP Address Indicates the IP address of the secondary DHCP server Subnet Mask Indicates the subnet mask of the secondary DHCP server Start IP Address Indicates the start IP address in the IP address pool on the secondary DHCP server Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 313 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference End IP Address Indicates the end IP address in the IP address pool on the secondary DHCP server Leased Time Indicates the lease time of the IP address pool on the secondary DHCP server Options minute hour day and week Option60 Indicates the option 60 field of the secondary DHCP server A user side DHCP client can obtain an IP address from the IP address pool on the secondary DHCP server only when the option 60 field carried by the user side DHCP client is the same as this setting 5 4 WLAN This topic describes how to perform basic and advanced configurations of the WLAN through the Web page 5 4
200. bridge Wi Fi service Layer 3 routing Service type Internet Connection mode routing VLAN ID 10 IP address obtainment mode PPPoE user name iadtest pppoe password iadtest 802 1p 1 NAT function enable Bound port LAN1 LANI is a Layer 3 LAN Service type VoIP Connection mode routing VLAN ID 20 IP address obtaining mode DHCP 802 1p 6 Service type Internet not configurable Connection mode bridge VLAN ID 40 802 1p 1 Bound port SSID1 Service type Internet Connection mode routing VLAN ID 40 IP address Obtainment mode PPPoE user name iadtest pppoe password iadtest 802 1p 1 NAT function enable Bound port SSID1 For configuring HSI service or Wi Fi service Internet or a combination containing Internet must be selected as the service type For configuring VoIP service VoIP ora combination containing VoIP must be selected as the service type The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT PPPoE must use the same user name and password as the upper layer BRAS The HSI service involves the Layer 2 Layer 3 bridge and Layer 3 routing modes In the Layer 2 mode all configurations are required only on the OLT The application mode of the Layer 3 bridge mode is similar to the Layer 2 mode It is recommended that you use the Layer 2 mode The Wi Fi service does not support the Layer 2 mode
201. c profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 3 eth tcont 3 Configure the service mapping mode from the GEM port to the ONU to VLAN default and map CVLAN 30 to GEM port 3 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 mapping mode vlan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 3 2 vlan 30 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 quit Configure an ONT service profile The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities ofHG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Product HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 192 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 quit d Optional Configure an alarm profile The ID o
202. ce IP Address 10 10 10 20 Preview Profile 0 the default value Alias IGMPUserA Unlimited Band Width selected Select Service Port service virtual port named IGMP Profile Name ONT HSI Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 Version V1RO02C06 V1R002C07 WAN VLAN ID 30 Priority 4 Service Type INTERNET Connection Type IP_Bridged Bound port LAN3 LAN3 is a Layer 3 LAN Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 34 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service Item Settings Remarks Type VoIP VLAN VLAN ID 200 nee Type Smart VLAN Service port Name VOIP Vlan ID 200 Interface Selection 0 2 1 0 1 Service Type Multi Service VLAN User VLAN 20 Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same selected Upstream Traffic Name FTTx ONT value added Profile Name ONT VoIP The software services H 248 Vendor ID HWTC 2011 version that supports f H 248 is Terminal Type 247 V100R002C07 Version V1RO02C06 V1R002C07 WAN VLAN ID 20 Service Type VoIP Connection Type IP_Routed Priority 6 Signaling Protocol H248 Primary MGC 200 200 200 200 MID Format Domain name MGC Port 2944 MGC Domain name 6877687714852901 TID AO and Al Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 35 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co
203. ce Manual 3 Configuration g CIR 20480 Outer Priority 1 Add BEF IP Traffic Profile 67360 0960 312720 Assign Priority Assign Priority Local Setting color blind Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 2 Configure a DBA profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the DBA Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth Maximum Bandwidth 32768 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 112 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g Add DBA Profile xj Profile Parameters Alias T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth v Assured Bandwidth Kbit s 128 1235456 128 Fixed Bandwidth kbit s 128 1235456 128 Maximum Bandwidth Kbitis 128 1235456 32768 Bandwidth Compensation No oe IL cee 2009 _ Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download t
204. chnologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont autofind 1 After this command is executed the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed Number sou F S P O 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852900 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion V1R002C06 Ont EquipmentID 2 247 Ont autofind time 2010 12 10 14 59 10 Number 2 F S P 0 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852901 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion V1R002C06 Ont EquipmentID gt 247 Ont autofind time 2010 12 10 14 59 12 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 note If multiple ONTs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONTs you can add ONTs in batches by confirming the auto discovered ONTs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency For example the preceding command can be modified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 all sn auth omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 c Optional Bind an alarm
205. choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select an ONT from the list right click and choose Bind VAS Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose the created profile and click OK to complete profile binding Configure the ONT value added service a On the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu Configure the domain name of the MG Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 164 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt H248 Select H248 and set Domain name to 6877687714852901 M note Domain Name is ONT s domain name registered on the MGC It is globally unique Domain Name in this example is ONT s SN HWTC 2011 247 VIRO02C06 E 247 Config Info Time E Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 Eh Interface Configuration Interface 1 SIP RTP 6877687714852901 FaxT38 FawModem User Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Secur
206. cket is transmitted to the ONT a VLAN tag is added to the packet when a packet is transmitted out of the ONT the VLAN tag is removed from the packet This command is applicable for only the L2 service L2 Internet access service when the ONT functions as a bridge device When the ONT functions as a gateway device the configuration of the port VLAN is implemented on the ONT Web page NMS or U2560 server huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont port native vlan 1 1 eth 1 vlan 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont port native vlan 1 2 eth 1 vlan 10 Step 7 Configure traffic profiles You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system If the traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile HSI service The profile ID is 8 the CIR is 4 Mbit s the priority is 1 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried VoIP service The profile ID is 9 no rate limitation in the upstream and downstream directions the priority is 6 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried Wi Fi service The profile ID is 10 the CIR is 6 Mbit s the priority is 1 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried U2560 management channel The profile ID is 11 no rate limitation in the upstream and downstream directions the priority is 7 and packets are scheduled according to the prio
207. cluding the power cable optical fibers and network cables from the device Contact the specified service center in the case of a device failure Prevent foreign objects such as metal objects from dropping into the device through the heat dissipation mesh Protect the outer case of the device from scratches because the paint that peels off in the scratched areas can cause device abnormalities If the paint falls into the device it may cause short circuits In addition peeled off paint can cause an allergic reaction to the human body Ensure that the device is kept out of the reach of children Guard against risks such as children playing with the device or swallowing small parts of the device Instructions for Cleaning Before cleaning the device stop the device from running switch off the power and remove all cables including the power cable optical fibers and network cables from the device When inserting and removing optical fibers keep the optical fiber connectors clean Do not use cleaning fluid or spray on detergent to clean the outer case of the device Use a soft cloth instead Instructions for Environment Protection Put the retired device and batteries at the specified recycle place Abide by local laws and regulations to handle packaging materials run out batteries and retired devices Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 H
208. command to modify the configuration data of the ONT Modify the ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and save the modification Then the ONT automatically recovers the configuration successfully Configure a traffic profile Youcan run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system Ifthe traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile The profile ID is 10 no rate limitation in the upstream and downstream directions the priority is 4 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried huawei config if gpon 0 1 quit huawei config traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority policy tag In Package Create service ports Set the service port indexes to 5 and 6 SVLAN ID to 1000 GEM port ID to 3 and CVLAN ID to 30 Use traffic profile 10 huawei config service port 5 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 3 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 huawei config service port 6 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 3 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 Configure the queue scheduling mode Use the 3PQ S5WRR queue scheduling Queues 0 4 adopt the WRR mode with the weights of 10 10 20 20 and 40 respectively queues 5 7 adopt the PQ mode O note Queue scheduling is a global configuration You need to configure queue scheduling
209. configure Internet access service VoIP service and Wi Fi service on the Web page 3 4 1 Preparations Before configuring services on the Web page plan data of the entire network in a unified manner and enable Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 203 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLI To configure GPON ONT side services enable Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and the GPON ONT Prerequisite You need to enter the OLT CLI to perform the following operations that are based on the OLT CLI Data Plan Table 3 11 shows the data plan for enabling Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and the GPON ONT Table 3 11 Data plan Service Item Remarks Classificat ion Network FTTH OLT PON port 0 1 1 data ONT ID 1 2 Service HSI service VLAN Wi Fi service U2560 management SVLAN channel CVLAN 50 Qos HSI service Priority 1 queue scheduling Generally the Priority WRR QoS priorities is _ 7 NMS service and VoIP service Priority 6 queue scheduling VolP service gt PQ Internet access Wi Fi service Priority 1 queue scheduling ee a WRR descending order U2560 management Priority 7 queue scheduling Generally the channel PQ priori
210. configure parameters of a WAN port as follows WAN Connection Enable Service List INTERNET For configuring the Internet access service INTERNET or a combination containing INTERNET needs to be selected Mode Route VLAN ID 10 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT 802 1p 1 IP Acquisition Mode PPPoE NAT Enable NAT must be enabled to configure the Internet access service User Name iadtest pppoe Password iadtest The user name and password must be the same as the user name and password configured on the BRAS Binding options LAN1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 218 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration WAN gt WAN Configuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT home gateway uses the WAN interface to communicate with the upper layer network equipment and the parameters must be consistent for both New Delete Connection Name VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode Enable WAN Connection Mode Route 7 v Service List INTERNET v VLAN ID 10 0 4094 802 1p 1 v Multicast VLAN ID 1 4094 IP Acquisition Mode DHCP O Static PPPoE Enable NAT User Name iadtest pppoe 1 63 Characters Password eccccee 1 63 Characters Dial Method Auto
211. cording to your device type when you access the internet first time Enable Portal Default Redirection URL ww soccom New Delete Device type Redirection URL address Device Type Computer v Redirection URL Address wwrw 200 com e Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration If the type of the device that you use is not configured with a URL address or the device type cannot be identified the system redirects to the default URL address upon the first access to the Internet 5 8 6 DDNS Configuration 1 Click the Network Application tab and then choose DDNS Configuration from the navigation tree In the right pane configure DDNS parameters including Service Provider Host Name Service Port Domain Name Username and Password as shown in Figure 5 33 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 331 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 33 DDNS configuration Network Application gt DDNS Configuration On this page you can configure the DDNS parameters including the service provider the username and password also the domain name you want to update New Delete WAN Name Status Service Provider Domain Name Enable DDNS WAN Name 1_INTERNET_R_VID_1 v Service Provider dyndns static wv Host Name members dyndns org Service Part 80 Domain Name wwiw ab
212. cted to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the high speed Internet access service Service Requirements Users PCs are connected to the ONT using the LAN port IP addresses of users PCs are allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONT After PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the ONT the ONT is connected to the upper layer device in GPON mode to implement high speed Internet access service The high speed Internet access service is identified by two precisely bound VLAN tags On the ONT each user is allocated with a CVLAN on the OLT each slot is allocated with an SVLAN The high speed Internet access service adopts a bandwidth ensured mode with the maximum bandwidth 100 Mbit s as the DBA profile and performs the 4 Mbit s rate limitation on both the upstream and downstream directions Table 3 6 Data Plan Service VLAN ID 100 Service VLAN type Smart Service VLAN attribute stacking Upstream port 0 19 0 ONT IDs and 2 ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC 1 Type of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC ETH VLAN ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC 10 User name for PPPoE dialup iadtest pppoe password iadtest Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 139 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Prerequis
213. d IP Connection from the shortcut menu b Select WAN IP Interface 1 and enter or select a proper value WAN Interface Name ONT VoIP WAN Enable enable Connection Type IP_Routed Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 177 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration VLAN ID 20 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Priority 6 Addressing Type DHCP Service List VOIP For configuring the VoIP service VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected X onTvore awron v 247 X V1R002C06 Later x E 247 Config Info Time i eres ONT VoIP EWAN Device 1 enable EWAN Connection IP_Routed X ae Ee Je AN IP Interface vi 20 LANDevice y 6 ALG Ability i F 3 Forwarding DHCP d VOIP X enable v Import Export OK Cancel Apply e Configure voice protocol parameters In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 Select Interface 1 and select a proper value Signaling Protocol SIP Region China Associate WAN Interface WAN1 ONT VolIP binding the created voice WAN port Add ONT VAS Profile xi HT E 247 Config Info ParameterName Time f Services E Voice Service Voice Service 1 hina
214. d command to configure the ID of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port b When the QoS mode is PQ the default queue priority is 0 when the QoS is flow car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation when the QoS mode is gem car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 1 eth tcont 4 Configure the service mapping mode from the GEM port to the ONT to VLAN default and map CVLAN 10 to GEM port 1 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 mapping mode vlan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 1 0 vlan 10 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 quit Configure an ONT service profile The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities ofHG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Product HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 qu
215. d the coordination of OLT commands or the U2000 is required It is simple and is generally used in the deployment All the configurable nodes of the ONT are defined on the TR 069 server The TR 069 server supports real time configuration and status query In this method the coordination of OLT commands or the U2000 is required The ONT voice service and gateway involve a large amount of configuration information most of which is not defined in the OMCI protocol and cannot be configured on Web interface or the U2000 This method functions as a supplement to Web interface and the U2000 In this method the coordination of OLT commands or the U2000 is required This method is not recommended because it is complex Table 3 2 lists configuration methods supported in the FTTH service Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 29 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Table 3 2 Configuration methods supported in the FTTH service Service Type Layer 2 Internet access service Layer 3 Internet access service Layer 2 multicast service Layer 3 bridge multicast service Voice service Configurat ion by Using OLT Commands Supported Coordinatio n of other methods is required Supported Coordinatio n of other methods is required Coordinatio n of other methods is re
216. d to confirm the ONT huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont autofind 1 After this command is executed the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 154 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Number F S P Ont SN Password VenderID Ont Version Ont SoftwareVersion Ont EquipmentID Ont autofind time 0 1 1 6877687714852900 HWTC 120D0010 V1R002C06 247 2010 12 10 14 59 10 Number F S P Ont SN Password VenderID Ont Version Ont SoftwareVersion Ont EquipmentID Ont autofind time 0 1 1 6877687714852901 HWTC 120D0010 V1R002C06 247 2010 12 10 14 59 12 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 note If multiple ONTs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONTs you can add ONTs in batches by confirming the auto discovered ONTs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency
217. dify the configuration data of the ONT Modify the ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and save the modification Then the ONT automatically recovers the configuration successfully Configure a traffic profile Youcan run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system Ifthe traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile The profile ID is 9 no rate limitation in the upstream and downstream directions the priority is 6 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried huawei config if gpon 0 1 quit huawei config traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 6 priority policy tag In Package Create service ports Set the service port indexes to 3 and 4 SVLAN ID to 200 GEM port ID to 2 and CVLAN ID to 20 Use traffic profile 9 huawei config service port 3 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx cttr 9 tx cttr 9 huawei config service port 4 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx cttr 9 tx cttr 9 Configure the queue scheduling mode Use the 3PQ S5WRR queue scheduling Queues 0 4 adopt the WRR mode with the weights of 10 10 20 20 and 40 respectively queues 5 7 adopt the PQ mode Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 156 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd Ec
218. disable the Wi Fi function Click the link in blue to go to the corresponding configuration page 5 1 4 Eth Port Information In the navigation tree on the left choose Status gt Eth Port Information In the pane on the right you can view the duplex mode speed and status of the ETH port as shown in Figure 5 5 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 304 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd Issue 02 2011 12 08 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 5 Eth Port Information Status gt Eth Port Information On this page you can query the information of user ports Ethernet Port State Port State Receive Rx Transmit Tx Mode Speed Link Bytes Packets Bytes Packets 1 Full 100M Up 73834 449 100135 368 2 Half 10M Down 0 0 0 0 3 Half 10M Down 0 0 a 0 4 Half 10M Down 0 0 0 0 5 1 5 DHCP Server Information In the navigation tree on the left choose Status gt DHCP Server Information In the pane on the right you can view the basic information about the DHCP server including the IP address assigned to the connected PC through DHCP MAC address and remaining lease time as shown in Figure 5 6 Figure 5 6 DHCP Server Information Status DHCP Information On this page you can query the basic information about the DHCP including host name IP address MAC address remaining leased time and device type Host Name IP Address MAC Address R
219. ds Step 5 Select a required record from the ONT list and then click the The Ont s UNI Port Info tab in the lower pane Step 6 View the icons in column Status as shown in the following figure Figure 4 8 Querying the physical state of a POTS port n3 xl wv Fins Configuration Status Frames sita Ports ONUID Alas ROO2COS ROO2COE R002C04 ROO2COE ROO2COE ROO2CO4 blo Bololololololololo For the icon meanings right click an icon and choose Lengend from the shortcut menu as shown in the following figure Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 287 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Figure 4 9 Querying the status legends of a POTS port End 4 5 3 Querying the Status of a VoIP User This topic describes how to verify VoIP service status by querying registration and calling states of the VoIP user on the NMS Prerequisite The user is a user with the operator authority or higher The OLT and the NMS communicate with each other properly The NMS is able to discover an online ONT and VolP service parameters are configured Procedure Step 1 Inthe Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and c
220. dth to 30 Mbit s huawei config dba profile add profile id 20 type3 assure 15360 max 30720 b Configure an ONT line profile Create GPON ONT line profile 10 and bind T CONT 2 to DBA profile 20 huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 2 dba profile id 20 Create GEM port 2 for carrying traffic streams of the ETH type and bind GEM port 2 to T CONT 2 Set the QoS mode to priority queue default L note a To change the QoS mode run the qos mode command to configure the QoS mode to gem car or flow car and run the gem add command to configure the ID of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port b When the QoS mode is PQ the default queue priority is 0 when the QoS is flow car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation when the QoS mode is gem car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 2 eth tcont 2 Configure the mapping between the GEM port and the ONT side service to the VLAN mapping mode default and map the service port of CVLAN 20 to GEM port 2 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 mapping mode vlan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 2 1 vlan 20 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 quit Issue
221. e gt Number of TDM Ports 0 8 TDM Port Type aj Service Type of TDM Port TDMoverGEM Number of MOCA Ports 0 8 0 Number of CATY Ports 0 8 MAC Address Learning Swit ON Transparent Transmission OFF Multicast Mode Unconcern Multicast forward mode Untag Multicast forward VLAN 1 40 Upstream IGMP packet forw Unconcern Upstream IGMP packet forw Upstream IGMP Packet For y ok cance apply Choose UNI Port from the navigation tree In the window that is displayed right click the record where Port Type is set to ETH and Port ID is set to 1 and choose UNI Port Configuration Properties from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters In the dialog box that is displayed right click and choose Add and configure the parameters of VLAN switch Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 43 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service Type Translation VLAN 10 Internet access user side VLAN ID C VLAN 10 Internet access user side VLAN ID Add VLAN Switch x FTensiain o ok JL cancel Choose UNI Port from the navigation tree In the window that is displayed right click the record where Port Type is set to ETH and Port ID is set to 3 and choose UNI Port
222. e The user is a user with the operator authority or higher The OLT and the NMS communicate with each other properly PPPoE users are configured on the BRAS The NMS is able to discover an online ONT and data of the Internet access service is configured Context Currently the mainstream access mode of broadband users is PPPoE dialup In this mode all service packets are encapsulated in PPPoE packets and PPPoE dialup authentication is terminated on the BRAS The ONT is usually deployed on the edge of a network and resides between PPPoE dialup users and the BRAS connecting PPPoE users to the network With the PPPoE dialup emulation function enabled on the ONT you can emulate PPPoE dialup for testing and report collected test results to the NMS server After analyzing the test result on the NMS server you can determine where a fault occurs which is very useful for daily maintenance and troubleshooting Procedure Step 1 Inthe Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer Step 2 In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management Step 3 In the window on the right choose GPON ONU Step 4 On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Step 5 Select a record from the ONT list right click and then choose PPPoE Test Step 6 In the dialog box that is displayed set the related PPPoE emulation parameters a
223. e Select the check box of LAN3 and set LAN3 to work in the Layer 3 mode LAN gt LAN Port Work Mode On this page you can configure the LAN ports to work in layer3 mode by selecting the corresponding check box The layer3 ports will be assigned as HG ports LAN1 LAN2 v LAN3 LAN4 Apply Cancel b Click Apply to apply the configuration Configure parameters of a WAN port a In the navigation tree choose WAN gt WAN Configuration b Inthe right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed configure parameters ofa WAN port as follows WAN Connection Enable Mode Bridge VLAN ID 30 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT 802 1p 4 MultiCast VLAN ID 1000 The multicast VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the multicast VLAN ID configured on the OLT Bridge Type IP_Bridged Binding options LAN3 WAN gt WAN Configuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT home gateway uses the WAN interface to communicate with the upper layer network equipment and the parameters must be consistent for both New Delete Connection Name VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode 1_VOIP_R_VID_20 20 6 DHCP Enable WAN Connection v Mode Bridge v Service List INTERNET v VLAN ID 30 0 4094 802 1p 4 v Multicast VLAN ID l 1 4094 Bridge Type IP_Bridged v v LAN3 Bindi
224. e Slot Port and ONU ID are set to 0 2 1 and 0 respectively and click the The Ont s UNI Port Info tab in the lower pane d On the The Ont s UNI Port Info tab page right click the record where UNI Type is set to ETH and UNI ID is set to 3 and choose Modifyfrom the shortcut menu e In the dialog box that is displayed set Default VLAN ID to 30 f Click OK 2 Configure a service VLAN on the OLT side A service VLAN is the VLAN used for the multicast service Choose VLAN from the navigation tree b On the VLAN tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters VLAN ID 1000 Type Smart VLAN xi g Configure VLAN panona oo O f Name VLANID_1000 bil Alias Type Smart VLAN vig Attribute Common vg VLAN Priority Unconfigured r d Click Next Click the Upstream Port tab and add upstream port 0 19 0 as the upstream port of the VLAN Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 104 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration e a x fa pace ia SubPot L3interface Extended Info Configure VLAN S D Physical Port List E E SubPort List fi Frame 0 fi Frame 0 Slot 09 Slot19 E Slot19 W Porto amp Slot 20 e
225. e Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set relevant parameters Profile Name ONT VoIP Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 72 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 Version V1RO02C06 Later X ONT VoIP HVWTC 2011 Ed 247 v V1R002C06 Later X E 247 Config Info Time G Services GH WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Import Export OK Cancel Apply d Configure the parameters of the voice WAN port a Inthe navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection Select WAN Connection right click and choose Add IP Connection from the shortcut menu b Select WAN IP Interface 1 and enter or select a proper value WAN Interface Name ONT VoIP WAN Enable enable Connection Type IP_Routed VLAN ID 20 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Priority 6 Addressing Type DHCP Service List VOIP For configuring the VoIP service VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 73 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247
226. e DMZ Host Address Enable DMZ WAN Name 2_INTERNET_B_VID_1 v Host Address 192 1 68 100 100 id Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration The demilitarized zone DMZ is a technology that enables the ONT to forward all received packets through a specified internal server The technology enables a computer in the LAN to be completely exposed to all users on the Internet or enables the mutual communication without restrictions between a host with a specified IP address and other users or other servers on the Internet In this way many applications can run on the host with the specified IP address The host with the specified IP address receives all connections and files that can be identified Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 324 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference A CAUTION If the LAN side device does not provide website service or other network services do not set the device to a DMZ host because all ports of a DMZ host are opened to the Internet Table 5 9 describes the parameters related to the DMZ Table 5 9 Parameters related to the DMZ Parameter Description Interface Name Indicates the name of the WAN interface If the WAN interface is not in the port mapping table the application requests from the WAN connection are directly forwarded to the host in the DMZ
227. e E EE A A A A E A N E A E T E ise ccamaien 292 4 5 7 Automate Emulakon Tests goin nent ee ee es a 294 4 5 8 Local Loopback and Remote Loopback on a POTS Pot isicnccssisccascsnocsancasscsssqecnscesastannctantucantarmiesnadeans 296 ae VOIP Lacie Lime Tean eared eee eer I ena 298 4 6 Maintenance and Troubleshooting on the OLT CLI io caccesascaicabactuncansziactantebontancanaztactesnerancansatantasexieetantasasiade 299 4 6 1 Querying and Deleting Performance Statistics of an ETH Port ccccecceesceseeeseeeeeeeeeceeeeeecneesaeeees 299 S We b Page Rel ete ee isccssiasncssnacssatictnaniniacenitansieliacieadiadsnainsacoaducesnautanconincdaseuiabasnausesaaionieiatnnen 301 Sl Ss PANU E daha E A E eae sonic tu saa nce E TE E Vesa tau sande E ab cance E E 303 ee gol MG E T e E teres tery Veer ener Trae teres qc E E A A A E regi eey rrr Tey reer T vert Teee 303 SL VOLE TTA caicctr acca an sweet ead oe ca 303 Sa WU Mee Ua Rate OU cb sg xd A waa asses ua EN 304 TLSE Pore leering 5 20 cecemaun ikea arsine E A A aaa 304 So DHCP Syer T AO sa ea E eatan anabinn eal E ESEE 305 SLG Opie M rnaar a A E A ee a 305 31 7 Battery niornal i oei E AE AE EEEE 306 eE Le AEE a T EA A A EA A A E rrr rere 306 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual Contents pie Dee betes Cs et R hago Cs a enna Pe eee a PRR ee ne one
228. e HG8245 Multicast server Residential Residential users users Network side User side Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 25 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Inthe upstream direction the HG8245 is connected to the optical splitter and the network side OLT through the PON port namely the OPTICAL port to provide integrated access services Inthe downstream direction the HG8245 is connected to various terminals through the following LAN side ports to implement the triple play service Four 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet ports which can be connected to terminals such as PCs STBs and video phones to provide the high speed data and video services Two TEL ports which can be connected to telephone sets or fax machines to provide superior and cost effective VoIP FoIP and MolP services Two Wi Fi antennas which can connect to Wi Fi terminals wirelessly to provide a secure and reliable high speed wireless network One USB port which can be connected to a USB storage device to provide convenient storage and file sharing services within a home network Network Topology of the HG8247 Figure 2 29 shows the position of the HG8247 in a network Figure 2 29 Network topology of the HG8247 Residential Residential users users Network side User side Inthe upstream direc
229. e Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Figure 4 12 Caller emulation test Caller Emulation Test Step 8 Click Start End Result After the caller emulation test is enabled if the phone on the callee side whose number is dialed by the emulated caller rings and the ringing is audible the signaling connection is successful A test engineer answers the phone and if the test engineer s voice can be heard on the receiver the media channel is available 4 5 6 Callee Emulation Test The callee emulation test verifies the basic calling services and preliminarily locates a fault Prerequisite The OLT and the NMS communicate with each other properly The NMS is able to discover an online ONT and VolP service parameters are configured The user connected to the POTS port that is enabled with callee emulation successfully registers with the softswitch Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 292 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Context The call emulation test verifies the basic calling services during service provisioning and works with the POTS line test to locate a fault There are three types of call emulation tests caller emulation test callee emulation test and automatic emulation test The call emulation test is irrelevant to protocols for the upstr
230. e ONT huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont autofind 1 After this command is executed the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed Number s F S P O 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852900 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion V1RO02C06 Ont EquipmentID 247 Ont autofind time 2010 12 10 14 59 10 Number oP 2 F S P O 1 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 193 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Ont SN Password VenderID Ont Version Ont SoftwareVersion Ont EquipmentID Ont autofind time 6877687714852901 HWTC 120D0010 V1R002C06 247 2010 12 10 14 59 12 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 L note If multiple ONTs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONTs you can add ONTs in batches by confirming the auto discovered ONTs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency For example the
231. e ONT default 192 168 100 1 b Open the Web browser and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONT c Onthe login window enter the username default telecomadmin and password default admintelecom of the administrator After the password authentication is passed the Web configuration window is displayed Configure parameters of the voice WAN port a Inthe navigation tree choose WAN gt WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed configure parameters of the WAN port as follows WAN Connection Enable Service List VoIP For configuring the VoIP service VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected Mode Route VLAN ID 20 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT 802 1p 6 IP Acquisition Mode DHCP Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 157 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration WAN WAN Configuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT hom ses the WAN interface to communicate with the upper layer network equipment and the parameters must be New Delete Connection Name VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode 1_INTERNET_R_VID_10 10 1 PPPoE Enable WAN Connection v Mode Route v
232. e Parameters Default Profile Body Apply Cancel User Advanced Parameters Sequence Register User Name Auth User Name Associated POTS il 77770254 77770254 o0nt huawei com 1 2 77770255 77770255 ont huawei com 2 Codec Period ms Priority Enable 20 bd 2 1 100 Vv 20 fi 1 100 Vv 20 E 1 100 Vv 20 bd 4 1 100 Vv Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 15 describes parameters used for configuring a VoIP user based on the SIP protocol Table 5 15 Parameters used for configuring a VoIP user based on the SIP protocol Register User Name Indicates the telephone number of a voice user Enable Indicates whether to enable a voice user Auth User Name Indicates the authentication user name of a voice user Password Indicates the authentication password of a voice user Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 341 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Associated POTS Indicates the POTS port associated with a voice user VoIP User Configuration H 248 Protocol 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose Voice gt VoIP User Configuration In the pane on the right you can configure the line name and associated POTS as shown in Figure 5 42 Figure 5 42 VoIP User Configuration H 248 Protocol Voice VoIP Advanced Configuration You can
233. e Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt SIP Select SIP and enter or select a proper value Proxy Server 200 200 200 200 Home Domain softx3000 huawei com A note If dual homing is configured Secondary Proxy Server must be set Voice Service nee Voice Service 1 Ch Interface Configuration f 5060 Interface 1 me i sof3000 huawei com Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Configure the voice users Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 91 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration h a In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt User Select User right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu 1 note The HG8010 does not support voice services The HG8110 supports one user The HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 supports a maximum of two users b Click User 1 below User and set Interface ID to 1 Click User 2 below User and set Interface ID to 2 CO note If Interface ID is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Interface ID is 2 port TEL2 on the ONT is bound x Profile Name ONT VolP WendorID HWTC 2011
234. e VLAN ID must be the same as the CVLAN ID on the OLT 802 1p Indicates the 802 1p value It ranges from 0 to 7 IP Acquisition Mode Indicates the mode of obtaining an IP address on the ONT It can be set to DHCP static or PPPoE In DHCP mode the IP address is dynamically obtained In static mode the IP address is set statically You need to enter the IP address subnet mask IP addresses of the active and standby DNS servers and default gateway In PPPoE mode you need to enter the user name and password NAT Indicates whether to enable the NAT function Vendor ID Set the option 60 field on the DHCP client The IP address can be obtained from the DHCP server only when the option 60 field is the same as the setting on the upper layer DHCP server When IP Acquisition Mode is set to DHCP this parameter is configurable Binding options Used to bind the WAN interface to the LAN port or to the wireless SSID NOTE Before setting the binding options set the work mode of the LAN port or the wireless SSID The binding options can be set only after the work mode or wireless SSID is successfully set For details see 5 3 1 LAN Port Work Mode and 5 4 1 WLAN Configuration WAN Configuration bridge Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 308 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference
235. e VLANs for the Internet voice and multicast services a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the Line Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Mapping Mode VLAN Qos Mode Priority Queue Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 81 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Name eS Mapping Node wno O lacsmode fProryauss Omec Enemon for Right click T CONT Info in the navigation tree and choose ADD T CONT from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters T CONT Index 1 DBA Profile FTTx L_ox__ Right click T CONT1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Port from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters GEM Port Index 1 Priority Queue 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 82 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configur
236. e filter criteria to display the required multicast VLANs In the information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters IGMP Version IGMP V3 Work Mode igmp_proxy VLAN ID 1000 Add Multicast VLAN Multicast Sad Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 106 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Add Multicast VLAN a ee 7 Add Multicast VLAH ea C tame ie 1 MANDA SmanvlaN common _ Et e brea lonrmon EJ 100 MLANID_100 SmartvlaN common H mo MANID111 SmanvlaN Common F 200 Manip_200 SmarvlaN common H 230 Manp_230 SmartvlaN common F C a 1000 VLANID_10 Smart VLAN Common oo MAND 10 fmanan ana 1233 MLANID12 SmartVLAN Stacking H 3454 MLANID_34 _ Smart VLAN common H e Click Finish Add a virtual upstream port for the multicast service on the OLT side Choose Multicast gt Virtual Uplink Port from the navigation tree On the Virtual Uplink Port tab page set the filter criteria to display the required virtual upstream ports c Inthe information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters VLAN ID 1000 Frame 0 Slot 19 Port 0 Issue 02 2011 12
237. e123 cam Username user 1 255 Character Password cece 155 Character Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Dynamic domain name service DDNS associates a static domain name with the dynamic IP address of its host Assume that server A provides HTTP or FTP service and it is connected to the Internet using routers If server A obtains an IP address through DHCP or server A is connected to the Internet through PPPoE PPTP or L2TP the IP address is an dynamic IP address That is its IP address may change each time when server A initializes its connection to the Internet The mapping between the domain name and IP address provided by the domain name service DNS server is static and the mapping does not update when the IP address changes Therefore when the IP address of server A changes users on the Internet cannot access server A with domain names With DDNS which associates a static domain name with the dynamic IP address of its host users on the Internet can access the server only with domain names 5 8 7 IGMP Configuration 1 Click the Network Application tab and then choose IGMP Configuration from the navigation tree In the right pane configure the IGMP parameters as shown in Figure 5 34 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 332 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web P
238. eam transmission That is it is applicable to SIP and H 248 After callee emulation is configured on the POTS port the caller calls the callee and then is put through to the callee automatically Impact on the System Procedure Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 After callee emulation is enabled on a POTS port the callee cannot hear the dial tone after offhook but hears mute After the POTS port is enabled with callee emulation services carried on the POTS port are interrupted These services will be recovered after callee emulation is complete After a POTS port is enabled with callee emulation if the user of this port is not called by a caller the user will exit callee emulation in three minutes Within these three minutes the VoIP service and other services are interrupted In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select a required record from the ONT list and then click the The Ont s UNI Port Info tab in the lower pane Select a record from the list whose UNI Type is Pots right click and choose Callee Emulation Test from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed click Start as sh
239. eceived 512 1023 byte frames Received 1024 1518 byte frames Received undersize frames Received oversize frames Received fragments Received jabbers Received FCS error frames Discard frames Received alignment error frames MAC sub layer received error frames PPPOE filtered frames Buffer overflows on receive Received PAUSE frames Received right bytes Received bad bytes Sent frames Sent unicast frames Sent multicast frames Sent broadcast frames Sent delay frames Sent MTU exceeded discard frames Carrier sense error frames SQE test error messages Sent single collision frames Sent multiple collision frames Sent excessive collision frames Late collision frames MAC sub layer sent error frames Buffer overflows on transmit Sent PAUSE frames Sent right bytes Sent bad bytes Up traffic kbps Down traffic kbps 98 0 0 98 foe AO OO 0 0 O 0 O S 2 OT ae 1111 Oo O OO O O OO OO O O OO OO O O 2 100 0 0 100 0 89 6 5 0 0 02 X oe To delete the performance statistics of ETH port 1 on ONT 1 that is connected to GPON port 0 2 0 do as follows huawei config if gpon 0 2 clear statistics ont eth 0 1 ont port 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 300 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 Web Page Reference About T
240. ect without the requirement of resetting the ONT End Connect two phone sets to two TEL ports of different ONTs and calls can be made between two phone sets Configuration File vlan 200 smart port vlan 200 0 19 0 arp proxy enable interface vlanif 200 arp proxy enable quit dba profile add profile id 20 type3 assure 16384 max 26624 ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 tcont 2 dba profile id 20 gem add 2 eth tcont 2 priority queue 6 mapping mode vlan gem mapping 2 1 vlan 20 commit quit ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 commit quit interface gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable display ont autofind 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 quit traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 6 priority policy tag In Packag service port 3 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx ttr 9 Exeter 3 service port 4 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx ettr Oo Ex cttr 9 queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 cos queue map cos0 0 cosl 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save 3 3 6 Configuring the GPON FTTH Layer 2 Multicast Service on the OLT CLI The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON
241. ed for connecting to the power adapter or backup battery Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Figure 2 12 Ports on the side panel of the HG8240 _ m Table 2 6 Descriptions of the ports on the side panel of the HG8240 Indicates the external backup battery monitoring port used for BBU ar connecting to the backup battery for monitoring the battery Indicates the reset button Press the button for a short time to reset the device press the button for a long time longer than RESET 10s to restore the device to the default settings and reset the device Ports on the HG8245 Figure 2 13 and Figure 2 14 show the ports on the rear panel and side panel of the HG8245 respectively Figure 2 13 Ports on the rear panel of the HG8245 a Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Table 2 7 Descriptions of the ports on the rear panel of the HG8245 Indicates the optical port The optical port is equipped with a rubber plug and is connected to an optical fiber for upstream OPTICAL transmission The type of the optical connector connected to the OPTICAL port is SC APC
242. ed to the corresponding host A specified port on the gateway firewall is open to some applications for remote access The port trigger can dynamically enable the open port of the firewall Table 5 11 describes the parameters related to the port trigger Table 5 11 Parameters related to the port trigger Parameter Description Interface Indicates the name of the WAN interface where the port trigger is enabled Trigger Protocol Indicates the protocol type of the port trigger packet which may be TCP UDP or TCP UDP Open Protocol Indicates the protocol type of the open data packet Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 327 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 8 Network Applications This topic describes how to configure the USB ALG UPnP and ARP through the Web page 5 8 1 USB 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose Network Applications gt USB In the pane on the right set the parameters related to FTP downloading to share the FTP file of the ONT as shown in Figure 5 28 Figure 5 28 USB Network Application USB Application FTP Client Configuration You can download the file from FTP server to the USB mass storage device by config FTP client FTP URL fip i192 168 100 3 Port Number 21 User Name 123 Password eee oe Device No USB Device v Local
243. ee Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause Then rectify the fault according to actual conditions QO note If an ONT supports only four queues the values of 4 7 of the priority queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid After configuration recovers Config state will be failed Ifthe ONT does not match that is Match state is mismatch the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONT In this case run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONT and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONT configuration Create a proper ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONT Modify the ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and save the modification Then the ONT automatically recovers the configuration successfully Configure a traffic profile Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the traffic table ip command to create a traffic profile The profile ID is 9 no rate limitation in the upstream and downstream directions the prior
244. efault Configuration to restore the factory defaults as shown in Figure 5 47 Figure 5 47 Restore Default Configuration System Tools gt Restore Default Configuration On this page you can restore the default configuration by clicking Restore Default Configuration Restore Default Configuration A CAUTION Exercise caution when you perform this operation because it restores factory defaults 5 10 6 Ping Test In the navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt Ping Test In the pane on the right enter the destination IP address for the ping test in the IP Address text box and then click Start as shown in Figure 5 48 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 345 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 48 Ping test System Tools gt Maintenance Ping Test On this page you can check the connectivity to the LAN or the Internet by performing a Ping Test Target Start The result PASS Maintenance To end maintenance please click the Maintenance End button Maintenance End Ifthe ping testis successful The result is displayed as PASS that is the ONT can interwork with the device with the destination IP address Ifthe ping test fails The result is displayed as FAIL that is the ONT cannot interwork with the device with the destination IP address 5
245. emaining Leased Time Device Type z58440b 192 168 100 50 00 e0 4 86 15 1d 259187 s Computer 5 1 6 Optic Information In the navigation tree on the left choose Status gt Optic Information In the pane on the right you can view the optical status transmit optical power receive optical power of the optical module as shown in Figure 5 7 Figure 5 7 Optic Information Status Optical Information On this page you can query the status of the optical transceiver Optical Status auto Tx Optical Power 2 67d8m Rx Optical Power 24 94dBm Working Yoltage 3291m Bias Current 24mA Working Temperature 35 C Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 305 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 1 7 Battery Information In the navigation tree on the left choose Status gt Battery Information In the pane on the right you can view the connection status and available capacity of the external standby battery as shown in Figure 5 8 Figure 5 8 Battery Information Status gt Battery Information On this page you can look over the information of the battery Battery Connection Status disconnect Battery Available Capacity 0 5 1 8 Device Information In the navigation tree on the left choose Status gt Device Information In the pane on the right you can view the product name hardware
246. enable the primary DHCP server If the check box is selected you can set the primary DHCP server Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 312 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Enable DHCP L2 Relay Indicates whether to enable the DHCP L2 Relay The DHCP relay is a process in which cross subnet forwarding of DHCP broadcast packets is implemented between the DHCP client and the DHCP server In this manner the DHCP clients in different physical subnets can obtain IP addresses which are dynamically allocated from the same DHCP server IfMode of the WAN port is Route the IP address of the ONT is obtained from upper layer DHCP servers in different subnets and the user side IP addresses are obtained from the DHCP address pool of the ONT If Mode of the WAN port is Bridge the ONT functions as a bridge Thus the ONT does not have an IP address The user side IP addresses are obtained from upper layer DHCP servers in different subnets Start IP Address Indicates the start IP address in the IP address pool on the primary DHCP server It must be in the same subnet as that of the IP address set in LAN Host Configuration Otherwise the DHCP server fails to work normally End IP Address Indicates the end IP address in the IP address pool on the active DHCP server It must be in the same su
247. entication authorization and accounting AAA functions Figure 3 1 Configuring the GPON FTTH Internet service Internet LAN Switch Optical splitter ONT PC Procedure Add the ONT to the U2000 in profile mode 1 Configure an MEF IP traffic profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose Traffic Profile from the navigation tree b Click the MEF IP Traffic Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx CIR 20480 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 37 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g Outer Priority 1 Add BEF IP Traffic Profile 67360 0960 312720 Assign Priority Assign Priority Local Setting color blind Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK Configure a DBA profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the DBA Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Prof
248. er E 247 Config Info Time Services EWAN Device ONT VoIP WAN Device 1 enable x Sal Connection IP_Routed X WAN Ci ction 1 d EL WAN IP Interface ulsable EAN IP Interface 1 20 LANDevice v 6 ALG Ability Security E era Forwarding DHCP VOIP X enable Import Export OK Cancel Apply e Configure the voice protocol parameters In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 Select Interface 1 and select a proper value Signaling Protocol H248 Region China Associate WAN Interface WAN1 ONT VolIP binding the created voice WAN port Add ONT YAS Profile HWTC 2011 Ki E 247 Config Info ___ParameterName l Time E Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 if Interface Configuration Interface 1 Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device 1 LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 162 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration O note If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create a WAN port named WAN RTP on the ONT and set this WAN port to a media WAN port Specifically choose Interface 1 gt RTP and set Ass
249. er of ETH Ports 4 Vlan Type Translation C VLAN 100 1000 S VLAN 100 1000 Internet VLAN VLAN ID 100 SOVAGE Type Smart VLAN Service port Name HSI VLAN ID 100 Interface Selection 0 2 1 0 1 Service Type Multi Service VLAN User VLAN 10 Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same selected Upstream Traffic Name FTTx ONT value added Profile Name ONT HSI services Layer 3 Vendor ID HWTC 2011 routing Terminal Type 247 Version V1RO02C06 V1R002C07 WAN VLAN ID 10 Service Type INTERNET Connection Type IP_Routed Addressing Type PPPoE User Name iadtest pppoe Password iadtest Priority 1 NAT function enable Bound port LAN1 LAN1 is a Layer 3 LAN IPTV VLAN ID 1000 service Type Smart VLAN Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 33 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service Item Settings Remarks Type Multicast VLAN Program profile Multicast user ONT value added services Layer 3 bridge Name IGMP Vlan ID 1000 Interface Selection 0 2 1 0 1 Service Type Multi Service VLAN User VLAN 30 Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same selected Upstream Traffic Name FTTx IGMP Version IGMP V3 Work Mode igmp_proxy VLAN ID 1000 Name program1 Start IP Address 224 0 1 1 End IP Address 224 0 1 1 Sour
250. er on the OLT side To enable user authentication select Enable Authorization To add a rights profile and apply it to NEs choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management gt IGMP Profile from the main menu and click the Right Profile tab Choose Multicast gt Multicast User from the navigation tree In the information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Alias IGMPUserA Unlimited Band Width selected Select Service Port service virtual port named IGMP 10 71 227 35 3 E IGMPUserA i z yi 1233 0_2_ LAN GPONONT LAN Frame 0 Slot Multi Service V User VLAN DEFAULT_SCOS1_ IGMP t Multi Service LAN GPON Frame O Slo V User VLAN FTTX d Click Finish e Select the multicast user click the User Multicast VLAN tab in the lower pane right click and then choose Add from the shortcut menu f In the dialog box that is displayed select the record where Multicast VLAN ID is set to 1000 and click OK Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 109 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Add Multicast VLAN to user No DeviceName Name Resut ___ 10 71 227 35 _ lOmPvian_1000 succeeded End Result The user can watch program on TV 3 2 7 Configuring GPON
251. ervice VoIP service and IPTV service by using the NMS 3 2 1 Data Plan This topic provides the data plan for the configuration examples of the GPON FTTH services You can configure the services according to the data plan Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 31 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Data Plan Table 3 3 Data plan for the GPON FTTH services Service Item Settings Remarks Type Device Upstream port of an 0 19 0 managemen OLT t GPON port of the 0 2 1 OLT SN 6877687714852901 Name ONT ONU Type ONT ONU ID 0 Authentication Mode SN Terminal Type 247 Software Version V1R002C06 or V1R002C07 MEF IP traffic Name FTTx The MEF IP traffic profile CIR 20480 profile is used on the ONT to control upstream and downstream traffic Outer Priority 1 DBA profile Name FTTx T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth Maximum Bandwidth 32768 Line profile Name FTTx Mapping Mode VLAN Qos Mode Priority Queue T CONT Index 1 DBA Profile FTTx GEM Port Index 1 Priority Queue 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 32 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service Item Settings Remarks Type Service profile Name FTTx Number of Pots Ports 2 Numb
252. ervice configuration channel for the ONT that is managed through OMCI Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONT lines When a statistical value reaches the threshold the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS a Configure a DBA profile You can run the display dba profile command to query the DBA profiles existing in the system If the DBA profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements you need to run the dba profile add command to add a DBA profile Set the DBA profile ID to 10 type to type4 and maximum bandwidth to 100 Mbit s huawei config dba profile add profile id 10 type4 max 102400 b Configure an ONT line profile Create GPON ONT line profile 10 and bind T CONT 4 to DBA profile 10 huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 4 dba profile id 10 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 140 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration d Create GEM port 1 for carrying traffic streams of the ETH type and bind GEM port 1 to T CONT 4 Set the QoS mode to priority queue default note a To change the QoS mode run the qos mode command to configure the QoS mode to gem car or flow car and run the gem ad
253. ervice profile a In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select an ONT from the list right click and choose Bind VAS Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose the created profile and click OK Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 272 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting About This Chapter This topic describes the general troubleshooting flowchart and methods of preliminarily locating faults and how to locate faults on the Web page on the U2000 and on the OLT CLI 4 1 Frequently Used Methods for Troubleshooting This topic describes how to locate faults on the Web page on the U2000 and on the OLT CLI 4 2 General Troubleshooting Flowchart and Methods This topic describes the general troubleshooting flowchart and the methods of preliminarily locating faults 4 3 Tools Used for Troubleshooting This topic describes the tools required for troubleshooting digital multimeter and optical power meter 4 4
254. et to ETH and Port ID is set to 3 and choose UNI Port Configuration Properties from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters In the dialog box that is displayed right click and choose Add and configure the parameters of VLAN switch Service Type Translation VLAN 30 Multicast user side VLAN ID C VLAN 30 Multicast user side VLAN ID Add LAH Switch e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g Inthe dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 5 Confirm the ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 102 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration In the Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu Choose GPON gt GPON Management from the navigation tree On the GPON UNI Port tab page set the filter criteria to display the required GPON UNI ports In the information list right click GPON UNI port 0 2 1 and choose Enable ONU Auto Find from the shortcut menu Select the ONU tab page Click the Auto Discover ONUs tab In the window that is displayed select 6877687714852901 as the ONU record and click Confirm Name ONT
255. eters are selected according to the softswitch Generally the default settings are adopted Cancellation cancellation is enabled VolP Interface Configuration H 248 Protocol 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose Voice gt VoIP Interface Configuration In the pane on the right parameters of a VoIP interface can be configured including the primary MGC server secondary MGC server and digitmap a Configured the Interface Basic Parameters Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 337 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 39 Interface Basic Parameters Configuration H 248 protocol Voice VoIP Basic Configuration Interface Basic Parameters You can set the voice interface basic parameters Primary MGC Address firza IP or Domain Primary MGC Port 5 Standby MGC Address Po IP or Domain Standby MGC Port fous aessa MG Domain sof3000 huawei com Local Port fou oo 1 65535 Device Name Poo MID Format IP Digitmap Match Mode Min fd RTP TID Prefix fat oo Start Number of RTP TID jo Width of RTP TID Number fe Signaling Port l z Select WAN name for media The media port name is same with signaling port name when itis empty Region en China Apply Cancel Media Port b Configured the User Basic Parameters Figure 5 40 U
256. event SYN Flooding Attack Enable Prevent ICMP Echo Attack Enable Prevent ICMP Redirect Attack Enable Prevent Land Attack Enable Prevent Smurt Attack i n Enable Prevent Winnuke Attack Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Denial of service DoS attack is a network based attack that denies users from accessing the Internet The DoS attack initiates a large number of network connections making the server or the program running on the server break down or server resources exhaust or denying users to access the Internet service As a result the network service fails Table 5 7 describes the parameters related to the DoS Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 320 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Table 5 7 Parameters related to the DoS Prevent SYN Flooding Attack Indicates whether to enable the prevent SYN flooding attack In the attack several source hosts send SYN packets to a destination host After receiving the SYN ACK packets from the destination host the source hosts do not respond In this case the destination host establishes many connection queues for the source hosts and maintains these queues all the time because no ACK response is received As a result many resources are used and the destination host fails to provide normal services for normal co
257. f the ONT Ensure that Control flag of the ONT is active Run State is online Config state is normal and Match state is match huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont info 1 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 171 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration F S P 0 1 1 ONT ID 1 Control flag active Indicates that the ONT is activated Run state online Indicates that the ONT goes online normally Config state normal Indicates that the configuration status of the ONT is normal Match state match Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT The rest of the response information is omitted If the ONT state fails the ONT fails to be in the up state or the ONT does not match check the ONT state by referring to the above mentioned descriptions IfControl flag is deactive run the ont activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONT Ifthe ONT fails to be in the up state that is Run state is offline the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged You need to check both the material and the line Ifthe ONT state fails that is Config state is failed the ONT capability set outmatches the actual ONT capabilities For details about the ONT actual capabilities s
258. f the default GPON alarm profile is 1 The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0 which indicates that no alarm is reported Jn this example the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required Run the gpon alarm profile add command to configure an alarm profile which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONT line 4 Addan ONT on the OLT The ONT is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through optical fibers The service can be configured only after an ONT is successfully added on the OLT Two ONTs are connected to GPON port 0 1 1 The ONT IDs are 1 and 2 the SNs are 6877687714852900 and 6877687714852901 the management mode is OMCI and ONT line profile 10 and service profile 10 are bound to the two ONTs a Add an ONT offline If the password or SN of an ONT is obtained you can run the ont add command to add the ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 b Automatically find an ONT If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown run the port portid ont auto find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONT auto find function of the GPON port Then run the ont confirm command to confirm th
259. figuration On this page you can configure the LAN management IP address After changing the LAN host IP address make sure thatthe address pool configured in the DHCP server must be in the same subnet with the new LAN IP address Otherwise the DHCP server may not work normally IP Address 192 168 100 1 k Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 E Apply Cancel M note The IP address of the device connected to the LAN port must be in the same subnet as the management IP address In this way you can access an ONT through the Web page and perform query and management You can manually set the IP address of the device connected to the LAN port to be on the same network segment as the management IP address or start the DHCP server to set the IP address in the DHCP address pool to be on the same network segment as the management IP address For details see 5 3 3 DHCP Server Configuration 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration 5 3 3 DHCP Server Configuration 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose LAN gt DHCP Server Configuration In the pane on the right you can configure the LAN side DHCP address pool for the ONT that functions as a gateway After the configuration the PC connected to the LAN port can automatically obtain an IP address from the address pool as shown in Figure 5 15 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 311 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG824
260. figuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT home gateway communicates with the upper layer network equipment through the WAN interface During the communication the parameter settings of the WAN interface must be consistent with those of the upper layer network equipment New Delete Connection Name VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode Enable WAN Connection Service List INTERNET v Mode Route v VLAN ID 150 1 4094 802 1p 1 v MultiCast VLAN ID 1 4094 IP Acquisition Mode DHCP O Static PPPoE Enable NAT User Name iadtest pppoe 1 63 Characters Password eeccece f 1 63 Characters Dial Method Auto v LAN2 Binding options m Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 1 describes the parameters related to the WAN in route mode Table 5 1 Parameters related to the WAN in route mode Parameter Enable Indicates whether to enable the WAN connection Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 307 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Parameter Description Service List Indicates the service type of the WAN interface It can be set to TRO69 INTERNET TR069_INTERNET VOIP TRO69_VOIP VOIP_INTERNET or TRO69_VOIP_ INTERNET VLAN ID Indicates the VLAN ID It ranges from 1 to 4094 Th
261. file The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1 The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0 which indicates that no alarm is reported Jn this example the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required Run the gpon alarm profile add command to configure an alarm profile which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONT line Add an ONT on the OLT The ONT is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through optical fibers The service can be configured only after an ONT is successfully added on the OLT Two ONTs are connected to GPON port 0 1 1 The ONT IDs are 1 and 2 the SNs are 6877687714852900 and 6877687714852901 the management mode is OMCI and ONT line profile 10 and service profile 10 are bound to the two ONTs a Add an ONT offline If the password or SN of an ONT is obtained you can run the ont add command to add the ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 Automatically find an ONT If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown run the port portid ont auto find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONT auto find function of the GPON port Then run the ont confirm comman
262. filter tule list is allowed to pass The filter mode is global config mode Thus the blacklist and whitelist mode cannot be used at the same time Protocol Indicates the type of the protocol which may be TCP UDP TCP UDP ICMP or ALL LAN side IP Address Indicates the IP address on the LAN side LAN side Port Indicates the port ID on the LAN side This parameter can be configured when Protocol is set to TCP UDP TCP or UDP WAN side IP Address Indicates the IP address on the WAN side WAN side Port Indicates the ID of the WAN side port This parameter can be configured when Protocol is set to TCP UDP TCP or UDP 5 5 2 MAC Filter Configuration 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose Security gt MAC Filter Configuration In the pane on the right after enabling MAC filter and selecting the filter mode click New On the dialog box that is displayed configure the MAC filter rule for the PC to access the Internet as shown in Figure 5 18 Figure 5 18 MAC Filter Configuration Security MAC Filter Configuration On this page you can configure the MAC filtering to prohibit certain PCs from accessing the Internet Enable MAC filter Filter Mode Blacklist v New Delete Source MAC Address Source MAC Address 00 15 17 2C EF 97 AA BB CC DD EE FF Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 318 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co
263. fo Time Services G WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Import Export OK Cancel Apply d Configure the working mode of a LAN port a Inthe navigation tree choose LANDevice gt LAN Interface 1 gt LAN Interface b Select LAN Interface right click and choose Add Add LAN Ethernet Configuration 2 and LAN Ethernet Configuration 3 c Select LAN Ethernet Configuration 3 and set LAN Port two three port enable to enable This indicates that LAN 3 works in Layer 3 mode note IfLAN Port two three port enable is disable the LAN port works in the Layer 2 mode IfLAN Port two three port enable is enable the LAN port works in the Layer 3 mode LAN Port two three port enable is defaulted to disable By default the system has one LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 node To add multiple nodes select LAN Interface right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 199 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration ONT IPTV HYVVTC 2011 v 247 M V1R002C06 Later x E 24 Config Info Time Services G WAN Device EH LANDevice E LAN Interface 1 LAN Interface LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 LAN Ethernet Configuration 2 LAN Ethernet Configuration 3 ALG Ability H Security Layer 3 Forwarding Import
264. gies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration O note The parameters of the SIP based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interfacel gt User gt User 1 Select User 1 and set Directory Number to 88001234 a Ei HWTC 2011 X E 247 Config Info i une 1 n E Voice Service Disabled Voice Service 1 feso01234 Interface Configuratio 1 E Interface 1 aa SIP H H248 H RTP Fax T38 FaxModem User User 2 Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding b Select SIP below User 1 and enter a proper value Auth User Name 88001234 softx3000 huawei com Auth Password iadtest1 a HWTC 2011 X ViROO2C06 M E 247 Config Info l Time 88001234 sof x3000 h force serene Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface Configuration Interface 1 Physical Interface iF IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability mj c Set parameters of User 2 using the same method Directory Number 88001235 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 93 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG824
265. gt 1 gt Line from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part Choose 2 from the navigation tree In the right pane set DirectoryNumber to 88001235 indicating the telephone number of SIP user 2 is 88001235 Choose 2 gt SIP from the navigation tree In the right pane set AuthUserName to 88001235 softx3000 huawei com and AuthPassword to iadtest2 indicating that the user name and password of user 2 for authentication are 88001235 softx3000 huawei com and iadtest2 respectively Step 7 Restart the voice process Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt Services gt VoiceService gt 1 gt VoiceProfile gt 1 from the navigation tree In the right pane set Reset to 1 indicating that the voice process will be restarted Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 250 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic w SignalingProtocol Region DTMFMethod InBand DigitMap 8800x00x X_HW_DigitMapMatchMode X_HW _PortName X_HW _OverseaVer X_HW_HowlerSendFlag X_HW _InterfaceState Step 8 Click OK after the configuration End Result User 1 with telephone number 88001234 can call user 2 with telephone number 88001235 and the communication between them is normal The communication is also normal for user 2 s calling user 1 Check whether the vo
266. gurations by using Web interface Web interface stores the configuration information about the ONT in an XML configuration file and imports the file for the ONT then the ONT parses the configuration information in the file for processing and storing Issuing XML configurations by using the U2000 The U2000 stores the configuration information about the ONT in an XML configuration file and transfers the file to the OLT by using FTP then the OLT further transfers the file to the ONT by using the OMCI protocol after receiving the file the ONT parses the configuration information in the file for processing and storing A CAUTION Web interface and the U2000 cannot use the same XML configuration file The XML configuration file of Web interface contains all configuration data while the XML configuration file of the U2000 contains only part of the configuration data H 248 and SIP can share the same XML configuration file but the configurations involving voice service need to be re configured accordingly The XML configuration file is generally exported for modifying and then imported back Configuration rolls back or even factory defaults are restored if an incorrect XML configuration file is imported When configuration parameters of an XML configuration file need to be modified please contact Huawei technical engineers for help 3 2 Configuring the Service by Using the NMS This topic describes how to configure Internet access s
267. gure parameters of the voice WAN port 1 In the navigation tree choose WAN gt WAN Configuration 2 Inthe right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed configure parameters of the WAN port as follows WAN Connection Enable Service List VoIP For configuring the VoIP service VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected Mode Route VLAN ID 20 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT 802 1p 6 IP Acquisition Mode DHCP WAN WAN Configuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT home gateway uses the WAN interface to communicate with the upper layer network equipment and the parameters must be consistent for both New Delete Connection Name VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode o 1_INTERNET_R_ VID_10 10 1 PPPoE Enable WAN Connection Mode Route M Service List YOIP v VLAN ID 20 0 4094 802 1p 6 vi IP Acquisition Mode DHCP O Static O PPPoE Vendor ID i The vendor ID must be 0 63 characters in length Apply Cancel 3 Click Apply to apply the configuration Step 2 Configure the parameters of the H 248 based voice interface 1 In the navigation tree choose Voice gt VoIP Interface Configuration 2 Inthe right pane configure the parameters of the H 248 based voice interface as follows other parameters use the default settings Set MGC Address below Primary Server to 200 200 20
268. he external USB device If the path is not entered the path specified in Download URL is used by default 5 8 2 ALG Configuration 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose Network Applications gt ALG Configuration In the pane on the right determine whether to enable the FTP or TFTP as shown in Figure 5 29 Figure 5 29 ALG Configuration Network Application ALG Configuration On this page you can enable the ALG of a service by selecting the corresponding check box Then the applications and hardware can be used Enable FTP ALG o Enable TFTP ALG o Enable H323 ALG Enable SIP ALG g Enable RTSP ALG Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration When the NAT function is enabled the application level gateway ALG function needs to be enabled to ensure that some application software and hardware can be normally used 5 8 3 UPnP Configuration 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose Network Applications gt UPnP Configuration In the pane on the right determine whether to enable the UPnP as shown in Figure 5 30 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 329 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 30 UPnP Configuration Network Application UPnP Configuration On this page you can enable or disable the universal plug and play UPnP function The UPnP function
269. he NMS End 4 6 Maintenance and Troubleshooting on the OLT CLI This topic describes how to maintain and troubleshoot the ONT on the OLT CLI 4 6 1 Querying and Deleting Performance Statistics of an ETH Port This topic describes how to query or delete the performance statistics of an ETH port by sending OMCI messages to the ONT from the OLT Context Before querying accurate performance statistics delete the performance statistics of the Ethernet port first Procedure Query the performance statistics of an ETH port In GPON mode run the display statistics ont eth command to query the performance statistics of an ETH port Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 299 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Delete the performance statistics of an ETH port In GPON mode run the clear statistics ont eth command to delete the performance statistics of an ETH port End Example To query the performance statistics of ETH port 1 on ONT 1 that is connected to GPON port 0 2 0 do as follows huawei config if gpon 0 2 display statistics ont eth 0 1 ont port 1 Received frames Received unicast frames Received multicast frames Received broadcast frames Received 64 byte frames Received 65 127 byte frames Received 128 255 byte frames Received 256 511 byte frames R
270. he ONT fails to be in the up state or the ONT does not match check the ONT state by referring to the above mentioned descriptions IfControl flag is deactive run the ont activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONT Ifthe ONT fails to be in the up state that is Run state is offline the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged You need to check both the material and the line Ifthe ONT state fails that is Config state is failed the ONT capability set outmatches the actual ONT capabilities For details about the ONT actual capabilities see Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause Then rectify the fault according to actual conditions CI note If an ONT supports only four queues the values of 4 7 of the priority queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid After configuration recovers Config state will be failed Ifthe ONT does not match that is Match state is mismatch the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 143 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration by the ONT In this case run the display on
271. he PPPoE dialup is performed on the PC After the dialup is successfully performed the user can access the Internet Layer 3 Internet access service The PC is configured to obtain the IP addresses automatically After the PPPoE dialup is successfully performed on the ONT the PC can automatically obtain the IP addresses allocated by the ONT and the user can access the Internet 3 5 4 Configuring SIP based Voice Service Through the U2560 This topic provides an example of how to configure the SIP based voice service through the U2560 Prerequisite The Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONTs are enabled by running the OLT commands For details see Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLI The ONT is auto discovered on the U2560 For details see Commissioning Interoperation Between the U2560 and the ONT Through the Web Page Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 244 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Twotelephone sets must be available and each must be connected to ports TEL1 and TEL2 respectively on the ONT Context Every data change must be saved You can click Save in a window to save data changes If you navigate to another node without saving data changes a dialog box will be displayed prompting you to save the data changes In this case
272. he USB storage device Click Backup configuration to back up the configuration file to the specified USB storage device A CAUTION After the configuration file in the USB storage device is successfully uploaded the device is restarted and then the new configuration data takes effect 5 10 4 Firmware Upgrade 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt Firmware Upgrade In the pane on the right click Browse In the dialog box that is displayed select the target software Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 344 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference version of the device Click Update Firmware to upgrade the software of the device as shown in Figure 5 46 Figure 5 46 Firmware Upgrade System Tools Firmware Upgrade On this page you can upgrade the software of the terminal by selecting the image file and then clicking Update Firmware Eea t dias Firmware File EXONTW 1 R2COBYRAARIFAHGCS240 Browse Update Firmware 2 After the upgrade is successful a message is displayed indicating that the device needs to be reset Click Reset The configuration data takes effect after the device is reset 5 10 5 Restore Default Configuration In the navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt Restore Default Configuration In the pane on the right click Restore D
273. he filter mode click New On the dialog box that is displayed configure the URL filter rule for the PC to access the Internet as shown in Figure 5 19 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 319 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 19 URL Filter Configuration Security gt URL Filter Configuration On this page you can configure the parameters of URL filter If enable smart URL filter the data packets complying with the following URL rule are forbidden or allowed to pass the device when you access any site of the web server otherwise only the data packets of your accessing site are forbidden or allowed to pass Enable URL Filter Enable Smart URL Filter Filter Mode Blacklist v New Delete URL Address URL Address wwwooccom g Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration 5 5 4 DoS Configuration 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose Security gt DoS Configuration In the pane on the right determine whether to enable the DoS attack preventive configuration as shown in Figure 5 20 Figure 5 20 DoS Configuration Security gt Dos Configuration On this page you can configure the DoS parameters Denial of Service DoS is an attack action that decreases the availability of systems by preventing authorized users from accessing some special services EnablePr
274. he flash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File Step 4 Confirm the ONT Log in to the U2560 and then choose Subnet view gt TR 069 Subnet from WLAN and Home Network View in the navigation tree on the left In the pane on the right right click and choose Refresh from the shortcut menu The reported ONT list is displayed Then select the ONT list right click and choose Confirm from the shortcut menu End Result On the U2560 you can configure ONT services For details see the configuration examples 3 5 2 Data Plan This topic plans the data in a unified manner for various example networks of connecting ONTs in the FTTH GPON access mode Subsequent examples are configured based on the following data plan Table 3 15 shows the unified data plan for the HSI service VoIP service and Wi Fi service in an FTTH network Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 238 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Table 3 15 Data plan for connecting ONTs in the FTTH GPON access mode Configurat Data Item Detailed Data Remarks ion Item HSI service Layer 3 routing VolP service Wi Fi service Layer 3
275. he main menu choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile gt ONT VAS Profile On the ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set relevant parameters Profile Name ONT HSI Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 58 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Version V1RO002C06 Later Add ONT YAS Profile xi HWTC 2011 M V1R002C06 Later M ParameterName ParameterValue ity a Layer 3 Forwarding d Configure the working mode of a LAN port In the navigation tree choose LANDevice gt LAN Interface 1 gt LAN Interface gt LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 Select LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 and set LAN port two three port enable to enable indicating that LAN 1 works in the Layer 3 mode note IfLAN port two three port enable is disable the LAN port works in the Layer 2 mode IfLAN port two three port enable is enable the LAN port works in the Layer 3 mode LAN port two three port enable is defaulted to disable By default the system has one LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 node To add nodes select LAN Interface right click and choose Add from the shortcu
276. he priority level of the WAN interface is 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 242 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration L note Ifthe WAN interface obtains IP addresses in static or DHCP mode choose WANIPConnection to set the parameters of the WAN interface Ifthe WAN interface obtains IP addresses in PPPoE mode choose WANPPPConnection to set the parameters of the WAN interface Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic s Enable ConnectionStatus ConnectionType DefaultGateway Name NATEnabled Password ExternallP Address PortMappingNumberOfEntri X_HW_SERVICELIST X_HW_VLAN X_HW_PRI 1 X_HW _MultiCastVLAN 4294967295 ED Et Et Et et i i Step 5 Bind a LAN port Choose 1X_HW_LANBIND from the navigation tree In the right pane set Lan1Enable to 1 to bind the WAN interface to LAN port 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 243 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic s Lan2Enable Lan3Enable Lan4Enable SSID1Enable SSID2Enable SSID3Enable SSID4Enable H EIX HW LANBIND Step 6 Click OK after the configuration End Result Layer2 Internet access service T
277. his Chapter This topic describes the usage and meanings of the parameters on the Web Page Before configuring and viewing the parameters on the Web page log in to the Web page For details about how to log in to the Web page see Locally Logging in to the Web Interface The Web page configurations of the HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 and the HG8240 are similar but the HG8240 s Web page does not contain the Wi Fi node Because different software versions support different voice protocols the Voice node contains different parameters The V100R002C06 supports the SIP protocol and the V100R002C07 supports the H 248 protocol The configuration window for an administrator is different from that for a common user Compared with a common user an administrator has permissions to view and configure all parameters on the Web page except the Modify Login Password under the System Tools Acommon user does not have permissions to view the following parameters LAN Port Work Mode under the LAN node ONT Access Control Configuration under the Security node The Voice node Time Setting and TR 069 under the System Tools node Download Configuration File and Upload Configuration File on the Configuration File window under the System Tools node A common user does not have permissions to configure the WAN Configuration parameter under the WAN node 5 1 Status This topic describes how to query the information about the WAN in
278. hnology the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 provides a high speed data channel through a single optical fiber with an upstream rate of 1 244 Gbit s and a downstream rate of 2 488 Gbit s In this way you can enjoy quality high speed data service voice service and video service In addition the HG8245 and HG8247 provide reliable wireless access service and convenient storage and file sharing services within a home network As an ONT the HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 provides convenient and efficient remote management functions The HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 supports ONT Management and Control Interface OMCI protocol and the U2560 Huawei TR 069 server and manages all home terminals in a unified manner thus implementing remote fault diagnosis service provisioning and performance statistics measurement 2 1 1 Appearance This topic provides the appearance of the HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 Figure 2 5 and Figure 2 6show the appearance of the HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Figure 2 1 Appearance of the HG8010 Figure 2 2 Appearance of the HG8110 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confide
279. hoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 10 C note Queue scheduling is a global configuration You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT and then the configuration takes effect globally In the subsequent phases you do not need to configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services huawei config queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 Configure the mapping between queues and 802 1p priorities Priorities 0 7 map queues 0 7 respectively huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cosl1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 For the service board that supports only four queues the mapping between 802 1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 Save the data huawei config save Configure an optical network terminal ONT on the Web page A note Some voice parameters cannot be configured on the Web page but can be configured by importing an XML configuration file For details about how to import an XML configuration file see 3 6 1 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the Web Page l 2 Log in to the Web configuration window a Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of th
280. hoose NE Explorer Step 2 In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management Step 3 In the window on the right choose GPON ONU Step 4 On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 288 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Step 5 Step 6 Select a required record from the ONT list and then click the POTS User tab in the lower pane View the user registration states in column Status and the user calling states in column Call Status as shown in the following figure Figure 4 10 Querying the status of a VoIP user IGMP User T CONT Current ONU UNI Port Info IP Host ServicePort Info POTS User VAG WAN Interface Details Running Info ONU Optics Module Info Line Profile Service Profile GEM Port No 0 Total 2 Status Call Status Interface ID Directory Number Initializing Idle 1 88001234 Initializing Idle 2 88001235 CO note The registration states and calling states are listed as follows Registration states include Up Initializing Registering Unregistering Error Testing Quiescent and Disabled Calling states include Idle Calling Ringing Connecting and InCall End 4 5 4 Querying and Deleting VoIP Statistics Prerequisite Context Procedure
281. ice communication between users using different ONTs is normal 3 5 5 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service Through the U2560 This topic provides an example of how to configure the H 248 based voice service through the U2560 Prerequisite The Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONTs are enabled by running the OLT commands For details see Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLI The ONT is auto discovered on the U2560 For details see Commissioning Interoperation Between the U2560 and the ONT Through the Web Page Two telephone sets must be available and each must be connected to ports TEL1 and TEL2 respectively on the ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 251 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Context Every data change must be saved You can click Save in a window to save data changes If you navigate to another node without saving data changes a dialog box will be displayed prompting you to save the data changes In this case click YES in the dialog box New data will be automatically applied to the ONTs after the data changes are saved A CAUTION When configuring services on the U2560 do not modify the WAN interface connecting the U2560 and the ONT Otherwise the U2560 loses communication with the ONT Procedure Step 1 Log
282. ie 247 Config Info Time Services GP WAN Device H LANDevice Parameter Name Parameter Value Policy Route Type SourcePhyPort Physical Port Name ALG Ability Security Eb Layer 3 Forwarding Policy Route Import JI Export JA OK Hf Cancel il Apply 1 Note To bind a LAN port to a WAN port set Physical Port Name and WAN Interface Name The preceding figure shows that WAN 1 is bound to LAN 3 To bind a WAN port to multiple LAN ports set Physical Port Name to LAN1 LANx For example to bind WAN 1 to LAN 1 and LAN 2 set Physical Port Name to LAN1 LAN2 h Click OK to complete the configuration of the new profile 8 Bind the value added service profile a Inthe Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer b In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management c Inthe window on the right choose GPON ONU d On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records e Selectan ONT from the list right click and choose Bind VAS Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose the created profile and click OK to complete profile binding End Result The user can watch program on TV Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 128 Copyright Huawei
283. ification the PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the PC The IP address is allocated by the upper layer BRAS The ONT is connected to the OLT and then to the upper layer network in the Layer 3 mode to provide the high speed Internet access service Layer 3 route Wi Fi service Search for the SSID is performed on the PC After the user passes the verification the PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the PC The ONT is connected to the OLT and then to the upper layer network in the Layer 3 mode to provide the high speed Internet access service Every data change must be saved You can click Save in a window to save data changes If you navigate to another node without saving data changes a dialog box will be displayed prompting you to save the data changes In this case click YES in the dialog box New data will be automatically applied to the ONTs after the data changes are saved A CAUTION When configuring services on the U2560 do not modify the WAN interface connecting the U2560 and the ONT Otherwise the U2560 loses communication with the ONT Log in to the U2560 and choose Subnet View gt TR069 Subnet from the navigation tree In the terminal list right click an ONT and choose Tools gt Configure in Real Time from the shortcut menu In the Configure in Real Time dialog box set Root Node to Internet gateway device Configure the Wi Fi parameters 1 Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt LANDevice gt 1 gt WLANConfiguration gt 1 fr
284. ify the required parameters A WARNING Configuration will roll back or even factory defaults are restored if an incorrect XML configuration file is issued When configuration parameters need to be modified for an XML configuration file please contact Huawei technical engineers for help 3 Save the modified XML configuration file Step 3 Import the XML configuration file 1 In the navigation tree choose System Tools gt Configuration File 2 Inthe details area click Browse Then choose the XML configuration file to be imported and click Open 3 In the details area click Upload Configuration File as shown in the following figure Figure 3 11 Importing the XML configuration file System Tools Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File Ifyou enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File 4 The configuration will take effect after the ONT restarts automatically End 3 6 2 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the U2000 This topic describes how to issue the XML configuration files on the U2000 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and
285. ight pane configure parameters of the SIP based voice interface as follows other parameters use the default settings Set Proxy Server Address below Primary Server to 200 200 200 200 Home Domain softx3000 huawei com Signaling Port 1 VOIP _R_ VID 20 Region CN China CO note The parameters of the SIP based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch I fdual homing is configured Proxy Server Address below Secondary Server must be configured IfSignaling Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Media Port If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONT and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 221 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 3 Voice VoIP Basic Configuration Interface Basic Parameters On this page you can setthe basic parameters for the voice interface Primary Proxy Address 200 200 200 200 IP or Domain Primary Proxy Port 5060 1 65535 Standby Proxy Address IP or Domain Standby Proxy Port 5060 1 65535 Home Domain sof
286. ight pane set SSID1Enable to 1 indicating that the WAN interface is bound to SSID 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 263 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic LaniEnable Lan2Enable Lan3Enable Lan4Enable SSID1Enable SSID2Enable SSID3Enable SSID4Enable PAW End Result Layer 3 bridge Wi Fi service SSID radio signals can be searched on the PC After the user enter the authentication key and pass the authentication the user can access the Internet Layer 3 route Wi Fi service SSID radio signals can be searched on the PC After the user enter the authentication key and pass the authentication the PC can obtain the IP address allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONT After the PPPoE dialup is successfully performed on the ONT the user can access the Internet C note The security mode and encryption configured on a Wi Fi terminal must be the same as those of an ONT If you cannot find the following encryption modes TKIP amp AES and AES The reason may lie in an old Wi Fi driver version If so replace the old version with a new one 3 6 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File This topic describes how to issue the XML configuration files on the Web page and on the U2000 The ONT voice service and g
287. iguration file FA HATC 2011 m Y1R002C06 d E 24 Config Info Layer 3 Forwarding i 2 Modify the XML configuration file a Open the XML configuration file downloaded in step 1 and find the parameters to be modified b Modify the required parameters A WARNING Configuration will roll back or even factory defaults are restored if an incorrect XML configuration file is issued When configuration parameters need to be modified for an XML configuration file please contact Huawei technical engineers for help c Save the modified XML configuration file 3 Import the XML configuration file Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 268 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration a Inthe Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer b Inthe navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management c Inthe window on the right choose GPON ONU d On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records e Select a required record from the ONT list right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu f In the dialog box that is displayed click Import Then in the dialog box that is displayed choose the XML configuration file to
288. igure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu 1 Log in to the NMS iManager U2000 V100R003C00 and start the FTP service 2 Configure the value added service profile of the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile gt ONT VAS Profile Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 146 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration b Onthe ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c Inthe dialog box that is displayed set relevant parameters Profile Name ONT HSI Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 Version V1R002C06 Later X oncs e 247 M R002CO6 Later X E 247 Config Info Time Services WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Import Export OK Cancel Apply d Configure the working mode of a LAN port In the navigation tree choose LANDevice gt LAN Interface 1 gt LAN Interface gt LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 Select LAN Ethernet Configuration 1 and set LAN port two three port enable to enable indicating that LAN 1 works in the Layer 3 mode M note IfLAN port two three port enable is disable the LAN port works in the Layer 2 mode IfLAN port two three port enable is enable
289. ile 10 gem add 2 eth tcont 2 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 3 eth tcont 3 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 4 eth tcont 4 Configure the mapping between the GEM port and the ONT side service to the VLAN mapping mode default and map the service port of CVLAN 20 to the GEM port HSI service Map user side VLAN 10 to GEM port 1 VoIP service Map user side VLAN 20 to GEM port 2 Wi Fi service Map user side VLAN 40 to GEM port 3 U2560 management channel Map user side VLAN 50 to GEM port 4 config gpon lineprofile 10 mapping mode vlan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 1 1 vlan 10 huawei huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 2 2 vlan 20 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 3 3 vlan 40 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 4 4 vlan 50 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 quit Configure an ONT service profile The ID of the VLAN to which ETH port 1 belongs is 10 The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities of HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Product Number of Number of POTS Number of CATV ETH Ports Ports Ports p o o e a T a a a C a a
290. ile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name FTTx T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth Maximum Bandwidth 32768 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 38 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration g Add DBA Profile xj Profile Parameters Alias T CONT type Maximum Bandwidth v Assured Bandwidth Kbit s 128 1235456 128 Fixed Bandwidth kbit s 128 1235456 128 Maximum Bandwidth Kbitis 128 1235456 32768 Bandwidth Compensation No oe IL cee 2009 _ Click OK In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK Configure a line profile In a line profile a GEM port can be bound to up to eight service streams Ina GEM port different GEM connections need to be set up for different service streams In this example the mapping between GEM ports and MDU side services is implemented through VLANs and the service streams of each service are mapped to GEM port 1 In addition different GEM connections are set up for the management VLAN and the VLANs for the Internet voice and multicast services a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management f
291. in Figure 5 31 Figure 5 31 ARP Configuration Network Application gt ARP Configuration On this page you can configure the static ARP including the IP address and MAC address New Delete IP Address MAC Address IP Address 192 168 100 100 F MAC Address 00 15 17 2C EF 97 F Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Static ARP means to manually add an ARP entry on an ONT A static ARP never ages and can only be deleted manually If the mapping between the IP address and MAC address of the peer device is available configuring a static ARP entry benefits a lot For example the dynamic ARP entry learning is omitted during device communication and the static ARP entry prevents a device from learning an incorrect ARP entry in the case of malicious attacks Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 330 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 8 5 Portal Configuration 1 Click the Network Application tab and then choose Portal Configuration from the navigation tree In the right pane enable disable the portal function and set the redirection URL addresses for different types of devices as shown in Figure 5 32 Figure 5 32 Portal configuration Network Application Portal Configuration On this page you can configure the portal information The browser will display a specified page ac
292. in the TR069 For details see 5 2 1 WAN Configuration 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 18 describes the TR 069 parameters Table 5 18 TR 069 parameters Parameter Description Period Inform Indicates whether to enable the notification function Ifthe notification function is enabled the ONT actively sends a connection request to the TR 069 server Ifthe notification function is disabled the ONT does not actively send a connection request to the TR 069 server When the notification function is enabled the Period Inform Interval and Period Inform Time parameters can be set Period Inform Interval Indicates the interval for the ONT to send a connection request to the TR 069 server Period Inform Time Indicates the time for the ONT to send a connection request to the TR 069 server Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 349 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Parameter Description ACS URL Indicates the address of the TR 069 server to which the ONT sends a connection request ACS User Name Indicates the user name for the ONT to register with the TR 069 server Connection Request Indicates the user name to be carried when the TR 069 server User Name initiates a connection request to the ONT Connection Request Indicates the password to be carried when the TR
293. ind a LAN port to a WAN port set Physical Port Name and WAN Interface Name The preceding figure shows that WAN 1 is bound to LAN 1 To bind a WAN port to multiple LAN ports set Physical Port Name to LAN1 LANx For example to bind WAN 1 to LAN 1 and LAN 2 set Physical Port Name to LAN1 LAN2 Click OK to complete the configuration of the new profile Bind the value added service profile a In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select an ONT from the list right click and choose Bind VAS Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose the created profile and click OK to complete profile binding Configure the ONT value added service a On the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu Configure the user name and password for PPPoE dialup In the navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection gt WAN Connection 1 gt WAN PPP Interface gt WAN PPP Interface 1 Select WAN PPP Interface 1 and set User Name to iadtest pppoe and Password to iadtest The user name and password must be the sa
294. indicating that the priority level of the WAN interface is 6 CO note Ifthe WAN interface obtains IP addresses in static or DHCP mode choose WANIPConnection to set parameters of the voice WAN interface Ifthe WAN interface obtains IP addresses in PPPoE mode choose WANPPPConnection to set parameters of the voice WAN interface Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 245 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic w Enable ConnectionStatus ConnectionType Name NATEnabled AddressingType ExternallPAddress 28 6E D4 0D BC EC Step 4 Configure the voice protocol parameters Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt Services gt VoiceService gt 1 gt VoiceProfile gt 1 from the navigation tree In the right pane set the parameters as follows Set SignalingProtocol to SIP indicating that the SIP protocol is used Set Region to CN indicating the country code of China Set X_HW_PortName to wan2 indicating that the new WAN interface 2 is bound Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 246 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic Name Reset
295. int unit dB and n1 indicates the number of fusion splicing points c indicates the loss of a mechanical splicing point unit dB and n2 indicates the number of mechanical splicing points d indicates the loss of a connector unit dB and n3 indicates the number of connectors e indicates the loss of an optical splitter unit dB Only 1 level optical splitting is considered here In the case of 2 level optical splitting the loss of two optical splitters must be considered findicates the engineering margin Generally the value is 3 dB 4 4 Remote Maintenance and Troubleshooting on the Web Page This topic describes how to remotely maintain and troubleshoot the ONT on the Web page 4 4 1 Remotely Logging in to the Web Page By remotely logging in to the Web page maintenance engineers can perform maintenance and troubleshooting without any site visit Prerequisite The OLT and the NMS communicate with each other properly The NMS is able to discover an online ONT and Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and the ONT are enabled Impact on the System A CAUTION Exercise caution when remotely logging in to the Web page because it deteriorates ONT security Procedure Step 1 Inthe Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer Step 2 In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management Step 3 On the GP
296. ion test The call emulation test is irrelevant to protocols for the upstream transmission That is it is applicable to SIP and H 248 Before enabling an automatic emulation test you need to enable a callee emulation test and then analyze the test according to the returned results The test is performed automatically Impact on the System e o e Precautions e e Procedure After callee emulation is enabled on the POTS port the callee cannot hear the dial tone after offhook but hears mute After the POTS port is enabled with callee emulation services carried on the POTS port are interrupted These services will be recovered after callee emulation is complete After a POTS port is enabled with callee emulation if the user of this port is not called by a caller the user will exit callee emulation in three minutes Within these three minutes the VoIP service and other services are interrupted After a POTS port is enabled with the automatic emulation test services carried on the POTS port are interrupted These services will be recovered after automatic emulation is complete Before enabling an automatic emulation test enable a callee emulation test This is because when an automatic emulation test is enabled the dialing operation will be automatically performed If the callee is not in the callee emulation state the test will fail In the automatic emulation test the preset called number must be the number of the callee Step
297. ions HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 Dimension s length x width x depth Weight About 250 About 250 About 500 About 550 About 800 About 800 including g g g g g g the power adapter Overall 11 14 V 11 14 V system 5 DC 2A DC 2 A power supply Power 100 240 V 100 240 V 100 240 V 100 240 V 100 240 V 100 240 V adapter AC 50 60 AC 50 60 AC 50 60 AC 50 60 AC 50 60 AC 50 60 input range Hz Hz Hz Maximum 19 5W 20W power one Temperatu 0 C to 0 C to 0 C to 0 C to 0 C to 0 C to re range 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C 40 C Humidity 5 95 5 95 5 95 5 95 5 95 5 95 range non non non non non non condensin condensin condensin condensin condensin condensin g g g g g g 6 2 Protocols and Standards This topic provides the protocols and standards which the ports of the ONT comply with GPON ITU T G 984 VoIP H 248 SIP G 711A u G 729a b and T 38 Multicast IGMPv2 IGMPv3 and IGMP snooping Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 353 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 6 Technical Specifications Routing NAT NAPT and ALG Ethernet IEEE 802 3ab USB USB 1 1 USB 2 0 Wi Fi IEEE 802 11n CO note The USB protocol and Wi Fi protocol are applicable to the HG8245 and
298. it Optional Configure an alarm profile The ID of the default GPON alarm profile is 1 The thresholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0 which indicates that no alarm is reported Jn this example the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 141 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Run the gpon alarm profile add command to configure an alarm profile which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONT line Add an ONT on the OLT The ONT is connected to the GPON port of the OLT through optical fibers The service can be configured only after an ONT is successfully added on the OLT Two ONTs are connected to GPON port 0 1 1 The ONT IDs are 1 and 2 the SNs are 6877687714852900 and 6877687714852901 the management mode is OMCI and ONT line profile 10 and service profile 10 are bound to the two ONTs a Add an ONT offline If the password or SN of an ONT is obtained you can run the ont add command to add the ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 1 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci o
299. ite Procedure The OLT is connected to the BRAS Related configurations are performed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users For details about the configuration see the corresponding configuration guide The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT Configure the OLT l Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it The VLAN ID is 100 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN VLAN attribute is stacking Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 100 huawei config vlan 100 smart huawei config vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei config port vlan 100 0 19 0 Optional Configure upstream link aggregation In this example a single upstream port is used In the case of multiple upstream ports upstream link aggregation can be configured For details see Configuring Upstream Link Aggregation Configure GPON ONT profiles GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile line profile service profile and alarm profile DBA profile A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate Line profile A line profile describes the binding between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONT side service Service profile A service profile provides the s
300. ity Layer 3 Forwarding Unbind Import Export OK Cancel Configure the terminal ID for the H 248 voice user In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt User a Click User 1 gt H248 and set TID to AO HWTC 2011 247 DL V1R002C06 E 247 Config Info Time Senices Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface Configuration Interface 1 SIP H248 RTP Fax T38 FaxiModem User User 1 SIP SIP Calling Features Codec User 2 E Physical Interface Liga Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Secu Unbind Import Export OK b Click User 2 gt H248 and set TID to A1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 165 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration HWVTC 2011 247 V1RO02C06 E 247 Config Info Time E Services Voice Service amp Voice Service 1 Interface Configuration Interface 1 SIP H248 RTP Fax T38 FawModem E User z User1 E User 2 aL i Srca Features H Codec Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Securi A mj Unbind Import Export OK Cancel CO note The terminal IDs AO and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configura
301. ity is 6 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried huawei config if gpon 0 1 quit huawei config traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 6 priority policy tag In Package Create service ports Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 172 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 10 Set the service port indexes to 3 and 4 SVLAN ID to 200 GEM port ID to 2 and CVLAN ID to 20 Use traffic profile 9 huawei config if gpon 0 1 quit huawei config service port 3 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx cttr 9 tx cttr 9 huawei config service port 4 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx cttr 9 tx cttr 9 Configure the queue scheduling mode Use the 3PQ SWRR queue scheduling Queues 0 4 adopt the WRR mode with the weights of 10 10 20 20 and 40 respectively queues 5 7 adopt the PQ mode QO note Queue scheduling is a global configuration You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT and then the configuration takes effect globally In the subsequent phases you do not need to configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services huawei config queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 000 Configure the mapping between queues and 802 1p priorities Priorities 0 7 map queues 0 7 res
302. ive Interarrival Jitter ms ar End Interarrival Jitter ms ncoming Calls Connected ncoming Calls Failed Suphi Calls Connected s _ Step 7 Delete VoIP statistics 1 Select a record from the list right click and then choose Clear Performance Statistic 2 Inthe dialog box that is displayed click Yes 3 Perform step 2 to check whether VoIP statistics are deleted End 4 5 5 Caller Emulation Test The caller emulation test verifies the basic calling services and preliminarily locates a fault Prerequisite The OLT and the NMS communicate with each other properly The NMS is able to discover an online ONT and VolP service parameters are configured Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 290 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Context The user connected to the POTS port that is enabled with caller emulation successfully registers with the softswitch The call emulation test verifies the basic calling services during service provisioning and works with the POTS line test to preliminarily locate a fault There are three types of call emulation tests caller emulation test callee emulation test and automatic emulation test The call emulation test is irrelevant to protocols for the upstream transmission That is it is applicable to SIP and H
303. l 230 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration WAN gt WAN Configuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT home gateway uses the WAN interface to communicate with the upper layer network equipment and the parameters must be consistent for both Connection Name VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode NewWanConnction WAN Connection NewWWanConnction V Enable Service List R Mode Bridge VLAN ID 40 1 4094 802 1p 117 MultiCast VLAN ID 1 4094 Bridge Type PPPoE_Bridged Binding options J SSID1 5 LO note When you use Wi Fi access service in the PPPoE mode if DHCP is used you need to set Bridge Type to IP_Bridged and enable the DHCP relay function For procedure details see 5 3 3 DHCP Server Configuration c Click Apply to apply the configuration 3 Save the configuration Choose System Tools gt Configuration File from the navigation tree In the right pane click Save Configuration System Tools gt Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File If you enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the sa
304. l Base Bantian Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People s Republic of China Website http www huawei com Email support huawei com Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual About This Document About This Document Overview GPON terminal EchoLife HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 hereafter referred to as the HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 is an indoor optical network terminal ONT designed for home users and small office and home office SOHO users This document provides the appearance and specifications of the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 and describes its configuration and usage which helps you know the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 quickly Product Version The following table lists the product versions related to this document Product Name Product Version EchoLife HG8010 V100R002C06 amp C07 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 Intended Audience The intended audience of this document is as follows Technical support engineers Maintenance engineers Update History Updates between document versions are cumulative Therefore the latest document version contains all updates made to previous versions Updates in Issue 02 2011 12 08 Modified the figure of VoIP Basic Configuration Issue 02 2011
305. lan 10 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port 3 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx cttr 9 tx cttr 9 huawei config service port 4 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx cttr 9 tx cttr 9 huawei config service port 5 vlan 400 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 3 multi service user vlan 40 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 huawei config service port 6 vlan 400 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 3 multi service user vlan 40 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 huawei config service port 7 vlan 500 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 4 multi service user vlan 50 rx cttr 11 tx cttr 11 huawei config service port 8 vlan 500 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 4 multi service user vlan 50 rx cttr 11 tx cttr 11 Configure the queue scheduling mode Use the 3PQ 5WRR queue scheduling Queues 0 4 adopt the WRR mode with the weights of 10 10 20 20 and 40 respectively queues 5 7 adopt the PQ mode M note Queue scheduling is a global configuration You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT and then the configuration takes effect globally In the subsequent phases you do not need to configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services huawei config queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 000 Configure the mapping between queues and 802 1p priorities Priorities 0 7 map queues 0 7 respectively huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cosl 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 For
306. ll the WPS software Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 316 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference CO note The security mode and encryption configured on a Wi Fi terminal must be the same as those of an ONT If the TKIP amp AES or AES encryption mode is not configured on the Wi Fi terminal the Wi Fi terminal may have an old version driver If so update the driver version When two SSIDs are configured if you modify the information of an SSID the other SSID will re choose a channel causing the service to be interrupted for a few minutes 5 5 Security This topic describes how to configure the IP address filter MAC address filter DoS and ONT access control through the Web page 5 5 1 IP Filter Configuration 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose Security gt IP Filter Configuration In the pane on the right enable the IP address filter function After selecting the filter mode click New Then in the dialog box that is displayed configure the rule for filtering IP addresses from the WAN interface to the LAN port as shown in Figure 5 17 Figure 5 17 IP Filter Configuration Security gt IP Filter Configuration On this page you can configure the WWAN to LAN filtering to prohibit certain IP addresses in the WAN from accessing the LAN Enable IP Filter Filter Mode
307. lly the default settings are adopted Indicates the start version of the H 248 protocol for negotiation It is selected according to the softswitch The value range is 0 to 3 and the default value is 2 0 Indicates that the negotiation is based on the profile parameters 3 Indicates the start version of the H 248 protocol for negotiation Enables or disables echo cancellation By default echo cancellation is enabled Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 340 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 9 2 VoIP User Configuration VoIP User Configuration SIP protocol 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose Voice gt VoIP User Configuration In the pane on the right you can configure parameters of a VoIP user including the register user name authentication user name password and associated POTS as shown in Figure 5 41 Figure 5 41 VoIP User Configuration SIP protocol Voice VolP Advanced Configuration On this page you can setinterface advanced parameters Interface Advanced Parameters Enable Echo Cancellation Vv Fax Transmode pass through Fax Switthmode negotiation 1 4294967295 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 0 6 0 7 1 8 600 9 1 10 0 1 1 0 12 0 13 1 14 1 15 0 16 0 17 0 18 0 19 0 20 1 21 1 22 1 23 64 24 15 25 180 26 32 27 120 28 120 29 30 30 x Softwar
308. lowing sections consider HG8247 as an example The following descriptions use V800R008C01 as the OLT U2000 V100R003C00 as the BMS and U2560 V100R002C00 as the TR 069 server Screen shots may vary with different versions but the configuration procedures are similar For details about configuration procedures see the BMS configuration manuals 3 1 Before Your Start This section provides common methods for configuring ONT services 3 2 Configuring the Service by Using the NMS This topic describes how to configure Internet access service VoIP service and IPTV service by using the NMS 3 3 Configuration by Using OLT Commands This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service VoIP service and IPTV service by using OLT commands 3 4 Configuration on the Web Page This topic describes how to configure Internet access service VoIP service and Wi Fi service on the Web page 3 5 Configuring the Service by Using U2560 This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service VoIP service and Wi Fi service by using U2560 3 6 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File This topic describes how to issue the XML configuration files on the Web page and on the U2000 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 28 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 3 1 Before Your Start This secti
309. lows SSID ChinaNet huawei Authentication Mode WPA Pre Shared Key Encryption Mode TKIP amp AES WPA PreSharedKey chinahuawei Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 232 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration WLAN gt WLAN Configuration On this page you can set the WLAN parameters including the WLAN switch SSID configuration and channel selection Enable WLAN Basic Configration New Delete SSID Index SSIDName SSID State Associated Device Number Broadcast SSID Security Configuration 1 WirelessNet Enable 32 Enable Unconfigured SSID Configuration in Detail SSID Name WirelessNet Enable SSID M Associated Device Number 32 Broadcast SSID WMM Enable M Authentication Mode Open x Encryption Mode None O M Apply Cancel Advance Configration Transmitting Power 100 Regulatory Domain CHINA Channel Auto x Channel Width 20MHz x Mode DTIM Period 1 Beacon Period 100 RTS Threshold 2346 Byte s 1 2346 byte default 2346 Frag Threshold 2346 _ Byte s 256 2346 byte default 2346 Apply Cancel c Click Apply to apply the configuration 2 Configure the parameters of the Layer 3 route WAN port a Inthe navigation tree choose WAN gt WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the dialog box that
310. ls about how to import an XML configuration file see 3 6 2 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the U2000 1 Configure a service VLAN on the OLT side A service VLAN is the VLAN used for the voice service Choose VLAN from the navigation tree b On the VLAN tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c Inthe dialog box that is displayed set the parameters VLAN ID 200 Type Smart VLAN ase Info t Configure VLAN Smart VLAN Unconfigured X d Click Next e Click the Upstream Port tab and add upstream port 0 19 0 as the upstream port of the VLAN Configure VLAI E 0 Physical Port List SubPort List amp i Frame 0 i Frame 0 Slot09 Slot19 5 Slot19 Er LE Porto amp Slot 20 f Click Done Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 87 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 2 Add a service virtual port on the OLT side a d On the VLAN tab page select the record where VLAN ID is set to 200 and click the ServicePort tab in the lower pane In the information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name VOIP VIAN Choice Smart VLAN Connection Type LAN GPON when the physical port is a GPON port or LAN
311. mall Office and Home Office Service Set Identifier Set Top Box Transmission Control Protocol Temporal Key Integrity Protocol User Datagram Protocol Universal Plug and Play Uniform Resource Locator Virtual Local Area Network Voice over IP Wireless Local Area Network Wired Equivalent Privacy Wi Fi Protected Access Wi Fi Protected Setup Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 356 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
312. mber of Pots Ports 0 8 Number of IPhost Parts Value gt Number of TDM Ports 0 8 TDM Port Type aj Service Type of TDM Port TDMoverGEM Number of MOCA Ports 0 8 0 Number of CATY Ports 0 8 MAC Address Learning Swit ON Transparent Transmission OFF Multicast Mode Unconcern Multicast forward mode Untag Multicast forward VLAN 1 40 Upstream IGMP packet forw Unconcern Upstream IGMP packet forw Upstream IGMP Packet For y ok cance apply Choose UNI Port from the navigation tree In the window that is displayed right click the record where Port Type is set to ETH and Port ID is set to 1 and choose UNI Port Configuration Properties from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters In the dialog box that is displayed right click and choose Add and configure the parameters of VLAN switch Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 101 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service Type Translation VLAN 10 Internet access user side VLAN ID C VLAN 10 Internet access user side VLAN ID Add VLAN Switch x FTensiain o ok JL cancel Choose UNI Port from the navigation tree In the window that is displayed right click the record where Port Type is s
313. me as those configured on the BRAS Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 61 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual xi Profile Name ONT HSI Vendor ID HWTC 2011 gt Terminal Type 247 Version V1RO02C06 Activated Status Aactivated Eb 247 Config Info Parameter Name Parameter Value Time IAN PPP interface index 1 Services WAN Device AN Interface Name ONT HSI H WAN Device 1 WAN Enable enable X E WAN Connection Connection Type IP_Routed wi E WAN Connection 1 E WAN PPP Interface LANDevice ALG Ability NAN PPP Interface 1 enable b iadtest pppoe Service Type INTERNET a4 Security E Layer 3 Forwarding Vian IDC 4094 10 Priority 0 7 1 Multicast VLAN 1 4094 Dial Method Auto bd Dial Interval s 180 3600 180 3 Configuration 1 Switch to Current ONT Task __ Unbina J Import Wo ok L Cancei_ Export c Click OK In the dialog box that is displayed click OK The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT End Result Check whether the user successfully gains access to the Internet through dialup on the PC 1 The LAN port of the ONT is connected to the Ethernet port of the PC properly 2 After the PC is configured to obtain its IP addresses automatically
314. mp i Frame 0 ne Slot19 Slot19 r L porto1 Slot 20 e Click Done 2 Add a service virtual port on the OLT side a Onthe VLAN tab page select the record where VLAN ID is set to 100 and click the ServicePort tab in the lower pane Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 57 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration d In the information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name HSI VIAN Choice Smart VLAN VLAN ID 100 SVLAN ID Connection Type LAN GPON when the physical port is a GPON port or LAN EPON when the physical port is an EPON port Interface Selection 0 2 1 0 1 when the connection type is LAN GPON or 0 2 1 0 when the connection type is LAN EPON Service Type Multi Service VLAN User VLAN 10 Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same selected Upstream Traffic Name ip traffic table_6 it is recommended that you use the default profile ip traffic table_6 because the OLT does not limit the rates of service streams in the management VLAN HSI LAN GPON F Ej Smart VLAN 042414071 x ba Multi Service VLAN ba 100 m 10 x ra FTTX FTTx OK Cancel Apply Click OK 3 Configure the value added service profile of the ONT a From t
315. mp SIP H H248 Fax T38 FaxModem E User G User 1 g Physical Interface IGMP Portal G WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Import Export ok Cancel Apply Click OK to complete the configuration of the new profile Bind the value added service profile a In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select an ONT from the list right click and choose Bind VAS Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose the created profile and click OK to complete profile binding Configure ONT value added services a On the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu Configure parameters of the SIP based voice users Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 180 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration O note The parameters of the SIP based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch
316. n and have successfully logged in to the Web page For details see 3 4 3 Locally Logging in to the Web Interface Procedure Step 1 Export the XML configuration file 1 In the navigation tree choose System Tools gt Configuration File 2 Inthe details area click Download Configuration File as shown in the following figure Figure 3 10 Exporting the XML configuration file System Tools gt Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File Ifyou enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File 3 Inthe dialog box that is displayed click Save to save the XML configuration file Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 265 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Step 2 Modify the XML configuration file CO note In the case of an initial deployment use the XML configuration file released with software Hence the operation in step 1 is not required 1 Open the XML configuration file downloaded in step 1 and find the parameters to be modified 2 Mod
317. n 30 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 Configure the queue scheduling mode Use the 3PQ 5WRR queue scheduling Queues 0 4 adopt the WRR mode with the weights of 10 10 20 20 and 40 respectively queues 5 7 adopt the PQ mode I note Queue scheduling is a global configuration You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT and then the configuration takes effect globally In the subsequent phases you do not need to configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services huawei config queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 000 Configure the mapping between queues and 802 1p priorities Priorities 0 7 map queues 0 7 respectively huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cosl1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 For the service board that supports only four queues the mapping between 802 1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 Create a multicast VLAN and set the IGMP version Set the IGMP version of the multicast VLAN to IGMP v3 huawei config multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlanl000 igmp version v3 This operation will delete all programs in current multicast vlan Are you sure to change current IGMP version y n n l y Select the IGMP mode Select the IGMP proxy mode huawei config mvlan1000 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n l y Add
318. n list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g Inthe dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 4 Configure a service profile The service profile type should be consistent with the actual ONT type The number of ports configured in the service profile must be the same as the actual number of ONT ports The flowing table lists the port capabilities of HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 The HG8247 is used as an example Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 100 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Product Number of Number of Number of ETH Ports POTS Ports CATV Ports 1 HG8010 HG8110 HG8245 HG8247 od 4 HG8447 a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree b Click the Service Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Number of Pots Ports 2 Number of ETH Ports 4 Number of CATV Ports 1 x Name FTTx Alias Configuration Base Info UNI Port Name Nu
319. n tree choose WAN gt WAN Configuration 2 In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed configure parameters of the WAN port as follows WAN Connection Enable Service List VoIP For configuring the VoIP service VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected Mode Route Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 220 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 3 VLAN ID 20 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT 802 1p 6 IP Acquisition Mode DHCP WAN WAN Configuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT home gateway uses the WAN interface to communicate with the upper layer network equipment and the parameters must be consistent for both New Delete Connection Name VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode Oo 1_INTERNET_R_VID_10 10 1 PPPoE Enable WAN Connection Mode Route O M Service List VOIP v VLAN ID 20 0 4094 802 1p 6 v IP Acquisition Mode DHCP O Static O PPPoE Vendor ID aa E l The vendor ID must be 0 63 characters in length Apply Cancel Click Apply to apply the configuration Step 2 Configure parameters of the SIP based voice interface 1 2 In the navigation tree choose Voice gt VoIP Interface Configuration In the r
320. n with Huawei MGC in this example If the settings do not meet requirements configure UserDefine For details about how to configure this parameter contact Huawei technical support Voice gt VoIP Basic Configuration Interface Basic Parameters On this page you can set the basic parameters for the voice interface Primary MGC Address 200 200 200 200 IP or Domain Primary MGC Port 2944 Standby MGC Address Standby MGC Port 2944 1 685535 MG Domain 6877687714852901 Local Port 2944 l a 65535 Device Name MID Format DomainName v Digitmap Match Mode Min v RTP TID Prefix A100 Start Number of RTP TID 0 Width of RTP TID Number 6 1_VOIP_R_VID_20 Select the name of the WAN that will carry the voice signaling Signaling Port messages 1_ VOIP_R_VID_20 Select the name of the WAN that will carry the voice media The Media Port a CE media portname is same with signaling port name when itis empty Region CN China v Apply Cancel Click Apply to apply the configuration Step 3 Configure parameters of the H 248 based voice users In the navigation tree choose Voice gt VoIP User Configuration In the right pane configure the parameters of voice user 1 as follows Line Name AO Associated POTS 1 binding port TEL on the ONT Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration Click Apply to apply the configuration
321. nd an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS Configure a DBA profile You can run the display dba profile command to query the DBA profiles existing in the system If the DBA profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements you need to run the dba profile add command to add a DBA profile Set the DBA profile ID to 10 type to type4 and maximum bandwidth to 100 Mbit s huawei config dba profile add profile id 10 type4 max 102400 Configure an ONT line profile Create GPON ONT line profile 10 and bind T CONT 4 to DBA profile 10 huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 4 dba profile id 10 Create GEM port 1 for carrying traffic streams of the ETH type and bind GEM port 1 to T CONT 4 Set the QoS mode to priority queue default L note a To change the QoS mode run the qos mode command to configure the QoS mode to gem car or flow car and run the gem add command to configure the ID of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port b When the QoS mode is PQ the default queue priority is 0 when the QoS is flow car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation when the QoS mode is gem car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 1 eth tcont 4 Configure the service mapping mode from the GEM port to the ONT to VLAN default and map CVLAN 10 to GEM port 1 hu
322. ned through PPPoE authentication of the upper layer device 5 3 LAN This topic describes how to set the working mode of the LAN port the LAN host and the DHCP server through the Web page 5 3 1 LAN Port Work Mode 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose LAN gt LAN Port Work Mode In the pane on the right determine whether the LAN port works in layer 3 mode as shown in Figure 5 13 Figure 5 13 LAN Port Work Mode LAN gt LAN Port Work Mode LAN1 LAN2 O LAN3 CO AN4 Apply Cancel Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 310 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference L note If the check box corresponding to the LAN port is selected it indicates that the LAN port works in layer 3 mode that is the gateway mode if the check box corresponding to the LAN port is deselected it indicates that the LAN port works in layer 2 mode that is the bridge mode By default the check boxes corresponding to all LAN ports are deselected that is all LAN ports work in layer 2 mode 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration 5 3 2 LAN Host Configuration 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose LAN gt LAN Host Configuration In the pane on the right set the management IP address and subnet mask of the LAN host as shown in Figure 5 14 Figure 5 14 LAN Host Configuration LAN LAN Host Con
323. neprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 c Optional Bind an alarm profile to the ONT In this example bind the default alarm profile namely alarm profile 1 to the ONT huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 Confirm that the ONT goes online normally After an ONT is added run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT Ensure that Control flag of the ONT is active Run State is online Config state is normal and Match state is match huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont info 1 1 F S P 0 1 1 ONT ID Control flag active Indicates that the ONT is activated Run state online Indicates that the ONT goes online normally Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 136 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Config state normal Indicates that the configuration status of the ONT is normal Match state match Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT The rest of the response information is omitted If the ONT state fails the ONT fails to be in the up state or the ONT does not match check the ONT state by referring to the above mentioned descriptions IfControl flag is deactive run the ont
324. nfidential 14 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview WLAN Indicates the WLAN button used for enabling or disabling the WLAN function Indicates the WLAN data encryption switch Indicates the reset button Press the button for a short time to reset the device press the button for a long time longer than 10s to restore the device to the default settings and reset the device Ports on the HG8447 Figure 2 17 and Figure 2 18 show the ports on the rear panel and side panel of the HG8447 respectively Figure 2 17 Ports on the rear panel of the HG8447 Table 2 11 Descriptions of the ports on the rear panel of the HG8447 Indicates the radio frequency RF port used for connecting to GAIN a TV set Indicates the optical port The optical port is equipped with a rubber plug and is connected to an optical fiber for upstream OPTICAL transmission The type of the optical connector connected to the OPTICAL port is SC APC Indicate auto sensing 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet ports RJ 45 used for connecting to PCs or IP STBs LANI LAN4 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 15 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview TELL TEL4 Indicate VoIP telephone ports RJ 11 used for connecting to
325. ng options SsID1 Apply Cancel c Click Apply to apply the configuration Enable DHCP replay Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 197 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration c In the navigation tree choose LAN gt DHCP Server Configuration In the right pane click the check box of Enable DHCP L2Relay CO note If Bridge Type of the WAN port is set to PPPoE_Bridged DHCP relay does not need to be enabled If Bridge Type is set to IP_Bridged DHCP relay must be enabled Primary Address Pool Enable primary DHCP server v Enable DHCP L2Relay v LAN Host IP Address 192 168 100 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 168 100 2 f P address must be in the same subnet with Lan Host End IP Address 192 168 100 254 Leased Time 3 day Click Apply to apply the configuration 5 Save the configuration In the navigation tree choose System Tools gt Configuration File In the right pane click Save Configuration to save the configuration System Tools Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File Ifyou enter the path of the configuration file
326. niecnstscnctsccdersertsolarasierarictinciomamesnieaeaioeios 273 4 1 Frequently Used Methods for Troubleshooting iiinis aves pees area ttisieaniioamiiic kenir pioi dati inns 274 4 2 General Troubleshooting Flowchart and Methods cicsiscscsccssiasieraccacceisnis desnhissancasivtiviatnndalanieesieatenrevianesovenns 274 dF Tools Used Tor Troe she Be cosines ne paar ee ene oR OTHE ase MORN eR Oe REESEN eRe 278 sie MAI Aa eles WT E a ena eect erratic net here r eerste erent aren aeec er heat epreniet reamer eteertene rrr ener cere tert 278 By ee Wee ir et el E cas I duce E E E E N A E E elke E A A 219 4 4 Remote Maintenance and Troubleshooting on the Web Page esessesssecseseeeeceeeeeesecaeeeeesecateeeeseeaeeaeeaeeas 282 AAT Remotely Logeing m to the Web Pe ocna e a EEE EE aR NE a AEA 282 4 5 Maintenance and Troubleshooting on the NIMS 2icascssetusscecaevccavesseicesassaeecs ceosscbaeteceareas ens rerssonsaeneeneaeeeats 284 4 5 1 PPPOE Dialup Emulation encorsa arr aaee E eE ae aE Ea aE SEE AE KOE EESE EEEE 284 4 5 2 Querying the Physical State of a POTS Parti uisdiiie tvcanasiriipctnssusaticineuiliia aes Buia anamereiiie 286 4 5 3 Querying the Status of VolP USG iniiins isnannianinesucdioiinciamiainnaumindndnolamiauinns 288 45 4 Querying and Deleting VolP Statisieg iss sccesseiccniacence vane saevsapeessnceseneunascatave en KEKEE CENA FENEKE AEREE AE TA ETKA 289 Ss Coler Hern pith Sb sce cases aes aba xenae tid s asap E EE E E ORE 290 PPAR lee renin Pi
327. nload Configuration File In the dialog box that is displayed click Save specify the path of saving the configuration file and then back up the file to the local disk Click Browse following the Configuration File text box In the dialog box that is displayed select the configuration file to be uploaded Click Upload Configuration File to upload the configuration file that is saved in the local disk After the configuration file is successfully uploaded the device automatically restarts and then the new configuration takes effect A CAUTION Before uploading the configuration file choose the configuration file with the correct type and the name of the selected configuration file must not be the same as that of any file saved in the device Otherwise the configuration file fails to be uploaded 5 10 3 USB Backup Restore CFG Click the System Tools tab and then choose USB Backup Restore CFG from the navigation tree In the pane on the right the button as required as shown in Figure 5 45 Figure 5 45 USB Backup Restore CFG System Tools gt USB Backup Restore CFG On this page you can backup configuration files to the USB device or restore configuration files from the USB device Restore enable Enable restore from USB Apply Cancel Backup configuration Device NO USB DEVICE Backup configuration Select Enable restore from USB to configure whether the system supports fast recovery of the backed up configured file from t
328. nnections Prevent ICMP Echo Attack Indicates whether to enable the prevent ICMP echo attack In the attack many ICMP echo packets are sent to a destination host within a short time As a result the network is congested or the resources of the host are exhausted Prevent ICMP Redirect Attack Indicates whether to enable the prevent ICMP redirect attack In the attack many ICMP redirect packets are sent to a destination host within a short time As aresult the network is congested or the resources of the host are exhausted 5 5 5 ONT Access Control Configuration 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose Security gt ONT Access Control Configuration In the pane on the right configure the rule of ONT access control as shown in Figure 5 21 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 321 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 21 ONT Access Control Configuration Security gt ONT Access Control Configuration On this page you can enable and disable the access right assigned to the ONT LAN Service Enable LAN side PC to access the ONT through FTP Fi Enable LAN side PC to access the ONT through HTTP Enable LAN side PC to access the ONT through TELNET WAN Service Enable WAN side PC to access the ONT through FTP Fi Enable WAN side PC to access the ONT through HTTP Fi Ena
329. ns access to the Internet through dialup on the PC 1 The LAN port of the ONT is connected to the Ethernet port of the PC properly 2 Dial up on the PC using the PPPoE dialup software 3 The user gains access to the Internet on the PC after the dialup is successful 3 2 3 Configuring GPON FTTH Layer 3 Internet Access Service on the NMS This topic describes how to configure the high speed Internet service when an ONT is connected to an OLT through a GPON port Context For details of the data plan see Data Plan Example Network Users PCs are connected to the ONT using the LAN ports IP addresses of users PCs are allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONT PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the ONT The ONT is connected to the GPBC card of the OLT through an optical fiber The broadband remote access server BRAS provides the authentication authorization and accounting AAA functions Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 48 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Figure 3 2 Configuring the GPON FTTH Internet service Internet LAN Switch Optical splitter ONT Procedure Add the ONT to the U2000 in profile mode 1 Configure an MEF IP traffic profile a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose
330. nt lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 Automatically find an ONT If the password or SN of an ONT is unknown run the port portid ont auto find command in the GPON mode to enable the ONT auto find function of the GPON port Then run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONT huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont autofind 1 After this command is executed the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through the optical splitter is displayed Number 1 F S P O 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852900 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion V1R002C06 Ont EquipmentID 247 Ont autofind time 2010 12 10 14 59 10 Number 2 F S P O 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852901 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120D0010 Ont SoftwareVersion V1R002C06 Ont EquipmentID 247 Ont autofind time 2010 12 10 14 59 12 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 142 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration L note If mul
331. nterface A portable computer with the Wi Fi function must be available The Wi Fi wireless access service includes the Layer 3 bridge Wi Fi service and the Layer 3 route Wi Fi service Prerequisite o e e Context o e Procedure e Layer 3 Wi Fi service Search for the SSID is performed on the PC After the user passes the verification the PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the PC The IP address is allocated by the upper layer BRAS The ONT is connected to the OLT and then to the upper layer network in the Layer 3 mode to provide the high speed Internet access service Layer 3 route Wi Fi service Search for the SSID is performed on the PC After the user passes the verification the PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the PC The ONT is connected to the OLT and then to the upper layer network in the Layer 3 mode to provide the high speed Internet access service Layer 3 bridge Wi Fi service 1 Configure the Wi Fi parameters a In the navigation tree choose Wi Fi gt Wi Fi Basic Configuration b Select Enable Wireless to enable the Wi Fi function Then set the parameters as follows SSID ChinaNet huawei Authentication Mode WPA Pre Shared Key Encryption Mode TKIP amp AES WPA PreSharedKey chinahuawei Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 229 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration
332. ntial 5 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Figure 2 3 Appearance of the HG8240 Figure 2 4 Appearance of the HG8245 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Figure 2 5 Appearance of the HG8247 Figure 2 6 Appearance of the HG8447 2 1 2 Ports This topic provides the appearance of the ports on the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 and describes the functions of the ports Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Ports on the HG8010 Figure 2 7 and Figure 2 8 show the ports on the rear panel and side panel of the HG8010 respectively Figure 2 7 Ports on the rear panel of the HG8010 Table 2 1 Descriptions of the ports on the rear panel of the HG8010 Indicates the optical port The optical port is equipped with a rubber plug and is connected to an optical fiber for upstream OPTICAL transmission The type of the optical connector connected to the OPTICAL port is SC APC LAN POWER Figure 2 8 Ports on the side panel of the HG8010 Table 2 2 Desc
333. o E T CONTO ok cance Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 0 this parameter is set to 0 automatically VLAN ID 10 Internet access user side VLAN ID Add GPON Line Profile Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 LE Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 1 this parameter is set to 1 automatically VLAN ID 20 Voice user side VLAN ID Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 99 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 p Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 2 this parameter is set to 2 automatically VLAN ID 30 Multicast user side VLAN ID Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 cE ox _ cancel e Click OK f In the informatio
334. o amp Slot 20 ea a Back Next Done Cancel e Click Done 3 Add a service virtual port on the OLT side a Onthe VLAN tab page select the record where VLAN ID is set to 100 and click the ServicePort tab in the lower pane b Inthe information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c Inthe dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name HSI VIAN Choice Smart VLAN VLAN ID 100 SVLAN ID Connection Type LAN GPON when the physical port is a GPON port or LAN EPON when the physical port is an EPON port Interface Selection 0 2 1 0 1 when the connection type is LAN GPON or 0 2 1 0 when the connection type is LAN EPON Service Type Multi Service VLAN User VLAN 10 Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same selected Upstream Traffic Name ip traffic table_6 it is recommended that you use the default profile ip traffic table_6 because the OLT does not limit the rates of service streams in the management VLAN Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 47 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration HSI LAN GPON bl _ Smart VLAN 042411071 ad F Multi Service VLAN lt i 100 m 10 x raj FTTX FTTX OK Cancel Apply d Click OK End Result Check whether the user successfully gai
335. o NE from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK Configure a line profile In a line profile a GEM port can be bound to up to eight service streams Ina GEM port different GEM connections need to be set up for different service streams In this example the mapping between GEM ports and MDU side services is implemented through VLANs and the service streams of each service are mapped to GEM port 1 In addition different GEM connections are set up for the management VLAN and the VLANs for the Internet voice and multicast services a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the Line Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Mapping Mode VLAN Qos Mode Priority Queue Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 113 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Name eS Mapping Node wno O lacsmode fProryauss Omec Enemon for Right click T CONT Info in the navigation tree and choose ADD T CONT from the shor
336. o find enable display ont autofind 1 ont confirm 1 ontid sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 ont alarm profile 1 profile id 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 quit traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority policy tag In Package service port 5 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 3 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 service port 6 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 3 multi service user vlan 30 rx ettr 10 tx cttr 10 queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 000 cos queue map cos0 0 cosl 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 multicast vlan 1000 igmp mode proxy igmp version v3 igmp uplink port 0 19 0 btv igmp uplink port mode default multicast vlan 1000 igmp program add name programl ip 224 1 1 10 sourceip 10 10 10 10 btv igmp profile add profile name profiled igmp profile profile name profileO program name programl watch igmp policy service port 5 normal igmp policy service port 6 normal igmp user add service port 5 auth igmp user add service port 6 auth igmp user bind profile service port 5 profile name profiled igmp user bind profile service port 6 profile name profile0 multicast vlan 1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 5 igmp multicast vlan member service port 6 quit save 3 4 Configuration on the Web Page This topic describes how to
337. o remember Username root New Password peaked Password length is from 1 to 64 characters Confirm Password 2ssss Password length is from 1 to 64 characters Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 351 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 6 Technical Specifications Technical Specifications About This Chapter This topic describes the technical specifications of the ONT include its physical specifications and the standards and protocols which the ONT complies with 6 1 Physical Specifications This topic describes the physical specifications of the ONT including its dimensions weight voltage range and environment parameters 6 2 Protocols and Standards This topic provides the protocols and standards which the ports of the ONT comply with Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 352 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 6 Technical Specifications 6 1 Physical Specifications This topic describes the physical specifications of the ONT including its dimensions weight voltage range and environment parameters Table 6 1 lists the physical specifications of the HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 Table 6 1 Physical specificat
338. ocating a fault that occurs on wires A and B It includes the voltage test resistance test and current test The user is a user with the operator authority or higher The OLT and the NMS communicate with each other properly The NMS is able to discover an online ONT and VoIP service parameters are configured If a loop line test is required in communication No Test must be set to Force In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select a required record from the ONT list and then click the The Ont s UNI Port Info tab in the lower pane Select a record from the list whose UNI Type is Pots right click and choose Outer Line Test from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set Busy Processing to No Test or Force as shown in the following figure Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 298 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Figure 4 16 VoIP loop line test Outer Line Test X Step 8 Click Start After the test is complete test results will be displayed on t
339. ociate WAN Interface to WAN2 WAN RTP Add ORT VAS Profile x l EC 247 v V1R002C06 Later bd E 247 Config Info l Time o Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 E Interface Configuration Interface 1 SIP H248 Redundancy Jitter Buffer RTP Extended Configuration FaxT38 FaxModem User Physical Interface IGMP 6 Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Configure the MGC parameters In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt H248 Select H248 and enter or select a proper value Primary MGC 200 200 200 200 MID Format Domain name LO note If dual homing is configured Secondary MGC must be set MID Format can be set to Domain Name IP or Device name Add ONT VAS Profile x l ONT VolP HVVTC 2011 v 247 V1R002C06 Later M E 247 Config Info i L Time P 200 200 200 200 somes cc pon Voice Service Voice Service 1 r Interface Configuration S morace onoz oa aa Domain name User Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 163 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual
340. ode as shown in Figure 5 35 Figure 5 35 QoS configuration Network Application gt QoS Configuration On this page you can set the QoS parameters You can enable or disable QoS service and select a mode for QoS Enable QoS QoS Mode INTERNET TRO6S v Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration 5 8 9 Terminal Limit Configuration 1 Click the Network Application tab and then choose Terminal Limit Configuration from the navigation tree In the right pane configure relative parameters as shown in Figure 5 36 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 333 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 36 Terminal Limit Configuration Network Application Terminal Limit Configuration On this page you can set the maximum number of terminal The terminal whose index exceeding the number limit will be forbidden to access the internet Limit Mode Type Limit v Apply Cancel New Delete Enable Device Type Type Limit Number Enable Type Limit Device Type Computer v Type Limit Number 4 F 0 253 Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration 5 9 Voice This topic describes how to configure the voice service through the Web page CO note The Web page for configuring the voice service varies with the loaded voice protocols The following topics
341. og host and the NMS Configure a DBA profile Run the display dba profile command to query the existing DBA profiles in the system If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirement run the dba profile add command to create a DBA profile Set the DBA profile ID to 30 type to type4 and maximum bandwidth to 60 Mbit s huawei config dba profile add profile id 30 type4 max 61440 Configure an ONT line profile Create GPON ONT line profile 10 and bind T CONT 3 to DBA profile 30 huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 3 dba profile id 30 Create GEM port 3 for carrying traffic streams of the ETH type and bind GEM port 3 to T CONT 3 Set the QoS mode to priority queue default O note a To change the QoS mode run the qos mode command to configure the QoS mode to gem car or flow car and run the gem add command to configure the ID of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port b When the QoS mode is PQ the default queue priority is 0 when the QoS is flow car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation when the QoS mode is gem car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 3 eth tcont 3 Configure the service mapping mode from the GEM port to the ONU to VLAN default and map CVLAN 30 to GEM port 3 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 mapping mode vlan
342. ogies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Root Node Internet gateway devic w ices LANHostConfigManagement Hosts LANEthernetiInterfaceConfig X_HW_LANGlobalConfiguratior NDevice X_HW_RadiusKey TotalBytesSent TotalBytesReceived TotalPacketsSent TotalPacketsReceived BSSID TransmitPowerSupporte WMMSupported WEPKey PreSharedKey Stats WPS PreSharedKey chinahuawei Parameter Vue Step 4 Configure the parameters of the WAN interface Configure the parameters of the WAN interface Route 1 Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt WANDevice gt 1 gt WANConnectionDevice from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part to create an instance Choose 2 gt WANPPPConnection from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part Choose the new 1 branch from the navigation tree In the right pane set the parameters as follows Set Enable to 1 indicating that the WAN connection is enabled Set Connection Type to IP_Routed indicating that the connection type of the WAN interface is in routing mode Set NATEnable to 1 indicating that the NAT function is enabled Set Username to iadtest pppoe and Password to iadtest indicating that the PPPoE user name is iadtest pppoe and the password is iadtest Set X_HW_SERVICELIST to INT
343. om the navigation tree In the right pane set the parameters as follows Set Enable to 1 indicating that the WLAN service is enabled Set RegulatoryDomain to CN indicating the country code of China Set SSID to ChinaNet huawei e Set BeaconType to WPA and WPAEncryptionModes to TKIPandAESEncryption indicating that the encryption mode of the WPA is TKIP amp AES Set WPAAthenticationMode to PSKAuthentication indicating that the authentication mode is Pre Shared Key Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 259 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic s Name Enable RegulatoryDomain Standard TransmitPower Channel AutoChannelEnable X_HW_HT20 SSID S IDAdvertisementEnabled WMMEnable BeaconType BasicEncryptionModes BasicAuthenticationMode None WPEncryptionModes TKIPand amp Esencryption WPAAuthenticationMode PSKAuthentication IEEE 11iEncryptionModes AESEncryption IEEE11iAuthenticationMode PSkKAuthentication SAMI an Ta i i i i i 5 i 2 Choose PreSharedKey gt 1 1 from the navigation tree In the right pane set PreSharedKey to chinahuawei indicating that the WPA encryption key is chinahuawei Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 260 Copyright Huawei Technol
344. on Step 2 Configure the TR 069 paramet ers 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt TR 069 2 Inthe pane on the right set the TR 069 client parameters other parameters use the default values as follows ACS URL http 10 11 11 1 9070 Connection Request User Name server Connection Request Password server System Tools gt TR 069 ACS parameters config Ifthe TRO69 auto provisioning function is enabled you can set the ACS parameters of the terminal Enable Period Inform Period Inform Interval Period Inform Time ACS URL ACS User Name ACS Password Connection Request User Name Connection Request Password 43200 Tl 2147483647 s yyyy mm ddThh mm ss For example 2009 1 2 20T1 2 23 34 htte 10 11 11 1 9070 hgw a eee The length of pa ord is between 1 and 256 server a eeccce The length of password is between 1 and 256 Apply Cancel 3 Click Apply to apply the configuration Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 237 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Step 3 Save the configuration Choose System Tools gt Configuration File from the navigation tree In the right pane click Save Configuration System Tools gt Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to t
345. on provides common methods for configuring ONT services Methods for configuring ONT services include configuring services by using the OLT commands U2000 Web interface TR 069 server and by issuing XML configuration file Table 3 1 shows the application scenario of each configuration method Table 3 1 Application scenario of each configuration method Configurati Application Scenario on Method U2000 Web interface TR 069 server Issuing XML configuration file This method uses the OMCI protocol to configure ONT services It can be used to add ONTs configure ONT port attributes and port VLANs and to enable the Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONTs It can implement all configurations for Layer 2 services such as the Layer 2 Internet access service and the Layer 2 multicast service In the case of configuring Layer 3 services such as the WAN port ONT voice service and Wi Fi service coordination of one or more other methods is required This method can be used to configure Layer 2 services for the ONT by using the OMCI protocol and to configure ONT value added service profile and customized parameters Customized parameters can be configured after batch adding general configurations to facilitate configuration efficiency This method is recommended in batch service provisionings This method uses Web interface of the ONT to configure related ONT parameters In this method batch configuration is not supported an
346. ondary Proxy Server must be set Voice Service nee Voice Service 1 Ch Interface Configuration f 5060 Interface 1 me i sof3000 huawei com Physical Interface IGMP Portal WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Configure the voice users Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 179 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration h a In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt User Select User right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu 1 note The HG8010 does not support voice services The HG8110 supports one user The HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 supports a maximum of two users b Click User 1 below User and set Interface ID to 1 Click User 2 below User and set Interface ID to 2 CO note If Interface ID is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Interface ID is 2 port TEL2 on the ONT is bound x Profile Name ONT VolP WendorID HWTC 2011 vi Terminal Type 247 vir Version V1R002C06 Later vil E 247 Config Info Parameter Name Parameter Value Time User index 2 E Services E Voice Service E voice Service 1 Priority Enable nd E Interface Configuration E Interface 1 a
347. onfirm that the ONT goes online normally Aft er an ONT is added run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT Ensure that Control flag of the ONT is active Run State is online Config state is normal and Match state is match huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont info 1 1 F S P O 1 1 ONT ID oo li Control flag active Indicates that the ONT is activated Run state online Indicates that the ONT goes online normally Config state normal Indicates that the configuration status of the ONT is normal Match state match Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT The rest of the response information is omitted If the ONT state fails the ONT fails to be in the up state or the ONT does not match check the ONT state by referring to the above mentioned descriptions If Control flag is deactive run the ont activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONT If the ONT fails to be in the up state that is Run state is offline the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged You need to check both the material and the line If the ONT state fails that is Config state is failed the ONT capability set outmatches the actual ONT capabilities For details about the ONT actual capabilities see Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets In this case run the display ont failed configura
348. only once on the OLT and then the configuration takes effect globally In the subsequent phases you do not need to configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services huawei config queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 Configure the mapping between queues and 802 1p priorities Priorities 0 7 map queues 0 7 respectively huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cosl1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 195 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 For the service board that supports only four queues the mapping between 802 1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 Create a multicast VLAN and set the IGMP version Set the IGMP version of the multicast VLAN to IGMP v3 huawei config multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlanl000 igmp version v3 This operation will delete all programs in current multicast vlan Are you sure to change current IGMP version y n n y Select the IGMP mode Select the IGMP proxy mode huawei config mvlanl000 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n l y Add an IGMP upstream port The IGMP upstream
349. opt the WRR mode with the weights of 10 10 20 20 and 40 respectively queues 5 7 adopt the PQ mode C note Queue scheduling is a global configuration You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT and then the configuration takes effect globally In the subsequent phases you need not configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services huawei config queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 Configure the mapping between queues and 802 1p priorities Priorities 0 7 map queues 0 7 respectively huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cosl1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 For the service board that supports only four queues the mapping between 802 1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 Save the data huawei config save Configure the optical network terminal ONT on the Web page Layer 3 route mode is used for connecting an ONT to the upper layer device IP addresses of users PCs are allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONT PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the ONT Parameters of the WAN port must be configured on the ONT Log in to the Web configuration window Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 144 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Termin
350. ork side User side Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 23 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Inthe upstream direction the HG8010 is connected to the optical splitter and the network side OLT through the passive optical network PON port namely the OPTICAL port to provide integrated access services Inthe downstream direction the HG8010 is provides a 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet port for connecting to a home gateway The home gateway then can be connected to a PC STB or video phone to provide high speed data and video services Network Topology of the HG8110 Figure 2 26 shows the position of the HG8110 in a network Figure 2 26 Network topology of the HG8110 Residential Residential users users Network side User side Inthe upstream direction the HG8110 is connected to the optical splitter and the network side OLT through the passive optical network PON port namely the OPTICAL port to provide integrated access services Inthe downstream direction the HG8110 is connected to various terminals through the following LAN side ports to implement the triple play service One 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet ports which can be connected to terminals such as PCs STBs and video phoned to provide the high speed data and video services One TEL ports which can be connected to
351. orming operations in the navigation tree is to navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT To navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT do as follows In the Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 70 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu M note Some voice parameters cannot be configured on the NMS but can be configured by importing an XML configuration file For details about how to import an XML configuration file see 3 6 2 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the U2000 1 Configure a service VLAN on the OLT side A service VLAN is the VLAN used for the voice service Choose VLAN from the navigation tree b On the VLAN tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c Inthe dialog box that is displayed set the parameters VLAN ID 200 Type Smart VLAN ase Info t Configure VLAN Smart VLAN Unconfigured X d Click Next e Click the Upstream Port tab and add upstream port 0 19 0 as the upstream port of the VLAN Configure VLAI E 0 Physical Port List SubPort List amp i Frame 0 i Frame 0 Slot09 Slot19 5 Slot19 Er LE Porto amp Slot 20
352. orts on the rear panel of the HG8247 Table 2 9 Descriptions of the ports on the rear panel of the HG8247 Indicates the radio frequency RF port used for connecting to ial a TV set Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Indicates the optical port The optical port is equipped with a rubber plug and is connected to an optical fiber for upstream OPTICAL transmission The type of the optical connector connected to the OPTICAL port is SC APC Indicate auto sensing 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet ports ac RJ 45 used for connecting to PCs or IP STBs Indicates the power on power off button used for powering on ON OFF or powering off the device POWER Indicates the power port used for connecting to the power adapter or backup battery Figure 2 16 Ports on the side panel of the HG8247 TELIL TEL2 Indicate VoIP telephone ports RJ 11 used for connecting to the ports on telephone sets a BBU USB WLAN WPS RESET Table 2 10 Descriptions of the ports on the side panel of the HG8247 BBU Indicates the external backup battery monitoring port used for connecting to the backup battery for monitoring the battery Indicate the USB host port used for connecting to a USB storage device Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Co
353. own in the following figure Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 293 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Figure 4 13 Callee emulation test Callee Emulation Test 8001234 End Result After the callee is called the phone of the callee is not ringing but emulates the automatic offhook If the callee hears his her own voice callee emulation is successful 4 5 7 Automatic Emulation Test The automatic emulation test verifies the basic calling services and preliminarily locates a fault Prerequisite The OLT and the NMS communicate with each other properly The NMS is able to discover an online ONT and VolP service parameters are configured The user connected to the POTS port that is enabled with automatic emulation successfully registers with the softswitch Context The call emulation test verifies the basic calling services during service provisioning and works with the POTS line test to preliminarily locate a fault Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 294 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting There are three types of call emulation tests caller emulation test callee emulation test and automatic emulat
354. page Click the Auto Discover ONUs tab In the window that is displayed select 6877687714852901 as the ONU record and click Confirm Name ONT ONU ID 0 ONU Type ONT On the Basic Parameters tab page set the parameters Line Profile FTTx click Inext to Line Profile and select the line profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Service Profile FTTx click EJ next to Service Profile and select the service profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Authentication Mode SN Terminal Type 247 Software Version V1R002C06 or V1R002C07 021 X X ONT m o f ONT X FTTx FTTx SN X 6877687714852901 HWTC 2011 M 247 X Y1R002C06 M K Cancel Apply Click OK Configure the voice service The prerequisite for performing operations in the navigation tree is to navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT To navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT do as follows In the Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 86 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu M note Some voice parameters cannot be configured on the NMS but can be configured by importing an XML configuration file For detai
355. parameters of the H 248 based voice users a Inthe navigation tree choose Voice gt VoIP User Configuration b In the right pane configure the parameters of voice user 1 as follows Line Name AO Associated POTS 1 binding port TEL on the ONT Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration Click Apply to apply the configuration d In the right pane click New to add voice user 2 and configure the parameters of voice user 2 as follows Line Name Al Associated POTS 2 binding port TEL2 on the ONT Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration e Click Apply to apply the configuration CO note The terminal IDs AO and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC IfAssociated POTS is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Associated POTS is 2 port TEL2 on the ONT is bound User Basic Parameters On this page you can set the basic parameters for the voice users New Delete Sequence Line Name Associated POTS 1 AQ 1 v 2 2 Enable Line Name v Line Name AL Associated POTS 2 w Apply Cancel 5 Save the configuration In the navigation tree choose System Tools gt Configuration File In the right pane click Save Configuration to save the configuration Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 159 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8
356. pectively huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 For the service board that supports only four queues the mapping between 802 1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 Save the data huawei config save Configure the optical network terminal ONT on the Web page CO note Some voice parameters cannot be configured on the Web page but can be configured by importing an XML configuration file For details about how to import an XML configuration file see 3 6 1 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the Web Page L 2 Log in to the Web configuration window a Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONT default 192 168 100 1 b Open the Web browser and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONT c Onthe login window enter the user name default telecomadmin and password default admintelecom of the administrator After the password authentication is passed the Web configuration window is displayed Configure parameters of the voice WAN port In the navigation tree choose WAN gt WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed configure parameter
357. preceding command can be modified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 all sn auth omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 c Optional Bind an alarm profile to the ONT In this example bind the default alarm profile namely alarm profile 1 to the ONT huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 Confirm that the ONT goes online normally After an ONT is added run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT Ensure that Control flag of the ONT is active Run State is online Config state is normal and Match state is match huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont info 1 1 F S P 0 1 1 ONT ID Control flag activated Run state normally Config state of the Match state bound to actual capability active online normal match Indicates that the ONT is Indicates that the ONT goes online Indicates that the configuration status ONT is normal Indicates that the capability profile the ONT is consistent with the of the ONT The rest of the response information is omitted If the ONT state fails the ONT fails to be in the up state or the ONT does not match check the ONT state by referring to the above mentioned descriptions IfControl flag is deactive run the ont activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONT Ifthe ONT f
358. profile profileO to the service ports huawei config btv igmp policy service port 5 normal huawei config btv igmp policy service port 6 normal huawei config btv igmp user add service port 5 auth huawei config btv igmp user add service port 6 auth huawei config btv igmp user bind profile service port 5 profile name profiled huawei config btv igmp user bind profile service port 6 profile name profiled huawei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 5 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 6 huawei config mvlan1000 quit 17 Save the data huawei config save Configure the ONT The ONT is connected to the upper layer device in Layer 2 mode and no configuration is required End The user can watch program on the TV Configuration File vlan 1000 smart port vlan 1000 0 19 0 dba profile add profile id 30 type4 max 61440 ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 tcont 3 dba profile id 30 gem add 3 eth tcont 3 mapping mode vlan gem mapping 3 2 vlan 30 commit quit ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 port vlan eth 3 30 commit quit interface gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable display ont autofind 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 on
359. profile to the ONT In this example bind the default alarm profile namely alarm profile 1 to the ONT huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 Confirm that the ONT goes online normally After an ONT is added run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT Ensure that Control flag of the ONT is active Run State is online Config state is normal and Match state is match huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont info 1 1 F S P 0 1 1 ONT ID Control flag active Indicates that the ONT is activated Run state online Indicates that the ONT goes online normally Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 186 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Config state normal Indicates that the configuration status of the ONT is normal Match state match Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT The rest of the response information is omitted If the ONT state fails the ONT fails to be in the up state or the ONT does not match check the ONT state by referring to the above mentioned descriptions IfControl flag is deactive run the ont activate command in the GPON port mode to activate the ONT If
360. quired Using the Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Configurat ion by Using Web Interface Configuratio n is not needed Coordinatio n of OLT commands or the U2000 is required Configuratio n is not needed Coordinatio n of OLT commands or the U2000 is required Coordinatio n of OLT commands or the U2000 is required Configurat ion by Using TR 069 Server Configuratio n not needed Coordinatio n of OLT commands or the U2000 is required Configuratio n is not needed Coordinatio n of OLT commands or the U2000 is required Coordinatio n of OLT commands or the U2000 is required Configurat ion by Issuing XML Configurat ion File Configuratio n not needed Coordinatio n of OLT commands or the U2000 is required Configuratio n is not needed Coordinatio n of OLT commands or the U2000 is required Coordinatio n of OLT commands or the U2000 is required Wi Fi Not Not Supported Supported Supported service supported supported The following section provides key technologies involved in these methods ONT management and control interface OMCI is a protocol defined in ITU T G 984 4 OMCI defines the format and mechanism of the interactive messages between the GPON OLT and ONTs It analyzes the service model of ONT services and defines a series of management entities used for the service description OMCI defines the format of
361. r of the OLT do as follows In the Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 118 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu 1 Configure a service VLAN on the OLT side A service VLAN is the VLAN used for the multicast service d e Choose VLAN from the navigation tree On the VLAN tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters VLAN ID 1000 Type Smart VLAN Base Info t amp Configure VLAN ANID_1000 Smart VLAN Common Unconfigured Ned pone J __gancei_ Click Next Click the Upstream Port tab and add upstream port 0 19 0 as the upstream port of the VLAN Configure VLAI E 0 Physical Port List E SubPort List i Frame 0 amp i Frame 0 Slot09 5 Slot19 Slot 19 g L portot amp Slot 20 Click Done 2 Add a service virtual port on the OLT side a On the VLAN tab page select the record where VLAN ID is set to 1000 and click the ServicePort tab in the lower pane In the information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietar
362. ration file see 3 6 2 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the U2000 The following uses batch configurations of creating a value added service profile of the ONT as an example To configure an ONT on the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu 1 Log in to the NMS iManager U2000 V100R003C00 and start the FTP service 2 Configure the value added service profile of the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile gt ONT VAS Profile b Onthe ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c In the dialog box that is displayed set relevant parameters Profile Name ONT VoIP Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 Version V1R002C06 Later xl Profile Name ONT VoIP VendoriD HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 vt Version V1R002C06 Later 247 Config Info Parameter Name Parameter Value Time Services E WAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding impor Export ok Cancel Apply d Configure the parameters of the voice WAN port a In the navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection Select WAN Connection right click and choose Ad
363. riptions of the ports on the side panel of the HG8010 Indicates the power button It is used to power on or power off the device Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Port and Button Function Indicates the reset button Press the button for a short time to reset the device press the button for a long time longer than 10s to restore the device to the default settings and reset the device Ports on the HG8110 Figure 2 9 and Figure 2 10 show the ports on the rear panel and side panel of the HG8110 respectively Figure 2 9 Ports on the rear panel of the HG8110 Table 2 3 Descriptions of the ports on the rear panel of the HG8110 Port and Button Function Indicates the optical port The optical port is equipped with a rubber plug and is connected to an optical fiber for upstream OPTICAL transmission The type of the optical connector connected to the OPTICAL port is SC APC Indicate auto sensing 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet ports RJ 45 used for connecting to PCs or IP set top boxes STBs TEL Indicate VoIP telephone ports RJ 11 used for connecting to the ports on telephone sets Indicates the external backup battery monitoring port used for connecting to the backup battery for monitoring the battery Indicates the power port used for
364. rity carried huawei config if gpon 0 1 quit huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 1 priority policy tag In Package huawei config traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 6 priority policy tag In Package huawei config traffic table ip index 10 cir 6144 priority 1 priority policy tag In Package huawei config traffic table ip index 11 cir off priority 7 priority policy tag In Package Step 8 Create service ports HSI service Set the service port indexes to 1 and 2 SVLAN ID to 100 GEM port ID to 1 and CVLAN ID to 10 Use traffic profile 8 VolP service Set the service port indexes to 3 and 4 SVLAN ID to 200 GEM port ID to 2 and CVLAN ID to 20 Use traffic profile 9 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 211 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Step 9 Step 10 Wi Fi service Set the service port indexes to 5 and 6 SVLAN ID to 400 GEM port ID to 3 and CVLAN ID to 40 Use traffic profile 10 U2560 management channel Set the service port indexes to 7 and 8 SVLAN ID to 500 GEM port ID to 4 and CVLAN ID to 50 Use traffic profile 11 huawei config service port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port 2 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 1 multi service user v
365. rom the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree Click the Line Profile tab Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Mapping Mode VLAN Qos Mode Priority Queue Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 39 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Name eS Mapping Node wno O lacsmode fProryauss Omec Enemon for Right click T CONT Info in the navigation tree and choose ADD T CONT from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters T CONT Index 1 DBA Profile FTTx L_ox__ Right click T CONT1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Port from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters GEM Port Index 1 Priority Queue 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 40 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding group T CONT Info E T CONTO ok cance Right click GE
366. ry and Confidential 120 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Add Multicast VLAN igmp_prow Multicast X Add Multicast VLAN Add Bulticast VLA n Manin martian common St Manosi SmartVLAN Common j aoo MANID_100 femanvian common m o MANID111 BmanviaN common j 200 Manib_200 SmartvLAN common j 230 MANID_230 _ SmartVLAN common j 501 VLANID a0 Smart VLAN Jaina 1000 VLANID_10 Smat VLAN Common ao anmo Smanvan fana bo 1233 MaNID_12 Sman VLAN Stacking 3454 MLANID_34 _ Smart VLAN Common j e Click Finish 4 Add a virtual upstream port for the multicast service on the OLT side a Choose Multicast gt Virtual Uplink Port from the navigation tree Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 121 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration b On the Virtual Uplink Port tab page set the filter criteria to display the required virtual upstream ports c In the information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters VLAN ID 1000 Frame 0 Slot 19 Port 0 SO x Location Info Device Name 10 71 227 35 E Multicast VLAN Info
367. s of the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 For example IP address 192 168 100 100 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Procedure Step 1 Usea network cable to connect the LAN port of the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 to a PC Step 2 Ensure that the Internet Explorer IE of the PC does not use the proxy server The following section considers IE 6 0 as an example to describe how to check whether the IE uses the proxy server 1 Start the IE and choose ToolsInternet Options from the main menu of the IE window Then the Internet Options interface is displayed 2 Inthe Internet Options interface click the Connections tab and then click LAN settings 3 Inthe Proxy server area ensure that the Use a proxy server for your LAN These settings will not apply to dial up or VPN connections check box is not selected that is without the v sign If the check box is selected deselect it and then click OK Step 3 Set the IP address and subnet mask of the PC For details see Table 3 13 Step 4 Log into the Web configuration interface Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 216 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 1 Enter http 192 168 100 1 in the address bar of IE 192 168 100 1 is the default IP address of the HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 and then press Enter to display
368. s of the WAN port as follows WAN Connection Enable Service List VoIP For configuring the VoIP service VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected Mode Route Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 173 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration VLAN ID 20 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT 802 1p 6 IP Acquisition Mode DHCP WAN WAN Configuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT home the upper layer network equipment and the parameters must be cons Connection Name VLAN Priority 1_INTERNET_R_VID_10 10 1 Enable WAN Connection v Mode Route v Service List VOIP VLAN ID 20 0 4094 802 1p 6 v IP Acquisition Mode DHCP Static O PPPoE Vendor ID Apply c Click Apply to apply the configuration way uses the WAN interface to communicate with stent for both New Delete IP Acquisition Mode PPPoE 63 characters in length 3 Configure parameters of the SIP based voice interface In the navigation tree choose Voice gt VoIP Interface Configuration b Inthe right pane configure parameters of the SIP based voice interface as follows other parameters use the default settings Set Proxy Server Address below Primar
369. s service The high speed Internet access service is identified by two precisely bound VLAN tags On the ONT each user is allocated with a CVLAN on the OLT each slot is allocated with an SVLAN Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 132 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration The high speed Internet access service adopts a bandwidth ensured mode with the maximum bandwidth 100 Mbit s as the DBA profile and performs the 4 Mbit s rate limitation on both the upstream and downstream directions Table 3 5 Data Plan Service VLAN ID 100 Service VLAN type Smart Service VLAN attribute stacking Upstream port 0 19 0 ONT IDs and 2 ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC 1 Type of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC ETH VLAN ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC 10 Prerequisite The OLT is connected to the BRAS Related configurations are performed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users For details about the configuration see the corresponding configuration guide The VLAN ofthe LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT Procedure Configure the OLT 1 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it The VLAN ID is 100 and the VLAN is a sm
370. s shown in the following figure Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 285 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Figure 4 7 PPPoE dialup emulation PPPoE Test iadtest pppoe CHAP v Step 7 Click Start After the test is complete test results are displayed on the NMS End 4 5 2 Querying the Physical State of a POTS Port This topic describes how to verify whether a POTS port is in the normal state by querying the physical state of the POTS port on the NMS Prerequisite The user is a user with the operator authority or higher The OLT and the NMS communicate with each other properly The NMS is able to discover an online ONT and VolP service parameters are configured Procedure Step 1 In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer Step 2 Inthe navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 286 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 4 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Step 3 In the window on the right choose GPON ONU Step 4 On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU recor
371. s the threshold the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 191 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration a Configure a DBA profile Run the display dba profile command to query the existing DBA profiles in the system If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirement run the dba profile add command to create a DBA profile Set the DBA profile ID to 30 type to type4 and maximum bandwidth to 60 Mbit s huawei config dba profile add profile id 30 type4 max 61440 Configure an ONT line profile Create GPON ONT line profile 10 and bind T CONT 3 to DBA profile 30 huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 3 dba profile id 30 Create GEM port 3 for carrying traffic streams of the ETH type and bind GEM port 3 to T CONT 3 Set the QoS mode to priority queue default O note a To change the QoS mode run the qos mode command to configure the QoS mode to gem car or flow car and run the gem add command to configure the ID of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port b When the QoS mode is PQ the default queue priority is 0 when the QoS is flow car traffic profile 6 is bound to the port by default no rate limitation when the QoS mode is gem car traffi
372. scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 cos queue map cos0O 0 cosl 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 Save 3 4 2 Data Plan This topic plans the data in a unified manner for various example networks of connecting ONTs in the FTTH GPON access mode Subsequent examples are configured based on the following data plan Table 3 12 shows the unified data plan for the HSI service VoIP service and Wi Fi service in an FTTH network Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 213 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Table 3 12 Data plan for connecting ONTs in the FTTH GPON access mode Configurat Data Item Detailed Data Remarks ion Item HSI service Layer 3 routing VolP service Wi Fi service Layer 3 bridge Wi Fi service Layer 3 routing Service type Internet Connection mode routing VLAN ID 10 IP address obtainment mode PPPoE user name iadtest pppoe password iadtest 802 1p 1 NAT function enable Bound port LAN1 LANI is a Layer 3 LAN Service type VoIP Connection mode routing VLAN ID 20 IP address obtaining mode DHCP 802 1p 6 Service type Internet not configurable Connection mode bridge VLAN ID 40 802 1p 1 Bound port SSID1 Service type Internet Connection mode routing VLAN ID 40 IP address Obtainment mode
373. ser Basic Parameters Configuration H 248 protocol User Basic Parameters On this page you can set the basic parameters for the voice users New Delete Sequence Line Name Associated POTS 1 1 E 2 2 Enable Line Name W Line Name AO z Associated POTS 1 e Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 14 describes parameters used for configuring a VoIP interface based on the H 248 protocol Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 338 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Table 5 14 Parameters used for configuring a VoIP interface based on the H 248 protocol MGC Address Indicates the IP address provided by the ISP of the primary MGC server MGC Port Indicates the ID provided by the ISP of the port used for communication between the primary MGC server and the VolP terminal The ID ranges from 1 to 65535 and the default ID is 2944 Secondary Server MGC Address Indicates the IP address provided by the ISP of the secondary MGC server MGC Port Indicates the ID provided by the ISP of the port used for communication between the secondary MGC server and the VolP terminal The ID ranges from 1 to 65535 and the default ID is 2944 MG Domain Fill the domain name when Register Format is set to DomainName such as user huawei com MG Port Indicates the ID of
374. ses ince aceaapiesians vena cassie 220 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual Contents 34 6 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service on the Web Pages ciseccosscousensssresvecancacanearsncnsnecaicabsncaianiane 224 3 4 7 Configuring the WiFi Access Service on the Web Pave iiccccwnancinnnnnncawinwnnacusnatain 228 3 Configuring the Service by Using 2560 cj cassis ausieinianiniiiniuidn ciel Annuals 234 9 a o I REE D AA AON OEE D eee ee ro 235 eA A e E E E E a A E E E E E E 238 3 5 3 Configuring the Internet Access Service Through the U2560 ccccsscssesescesceesceeceeeeeeeeseeceeeeeeneenaes 240 3 54 Configuring SIP based Voice Service Through the U25600 sc iciscsscsscacseisscassenterdicniens aresreviastaniendveciaues 244 3 5 5 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service Through th U2560 0scsccenesennscosacenscanesneassasnccnecaneane 251 3 5 6 Configuring the Wi Fi Access Service Through the 2560 ssania rasas 258 3 0 Operation Guideon the XML Configuration File eassa aa E EEA 264 3 6 1 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File on the Web Page ssisssiscisirsrecserrerriscusinvisrersenenssnss 265 3 6 2 Operation Guide on the XML Configuration File om the U 2000 ocsccssacasccssaccancsineasancasiacosnacasiucterss 266 4 Maintenance and Treble inhi rn i osiscesscs eisssctett
375. sue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 222 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration User Basic Parameters On this page you can set the basic parameters for the voice users New Delete Sequence PReuister User Auth User Name Passworg Ssoclated Name POTS O 1 80001234 80001234 sofk3000 huawei com iiia 1 2 z E PEPEE A Enable User Register User Name 80001235 Telphone Number Associated POTS 2 E Auth User Name 80001 235 s0fx3000 huawi The length must be between 0 64 Password peaseeses The length must be between 0 64 Apply Cancel Step 4 Save the configuration Choose System Tools gt Configuration File from the navigation tree In the right pane click Save Configuration System Tools gt Configuration File You can click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory Save Configuration You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File Ifyou enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File Step 5 Restart the voice process In the navigation tree choose Status gt VoIP Information In the right pane click Restart VoIP
376. supports plug and play and automatic discovery of multiple types of network equipment Ifthe UPnP function is enabled a device that supports the UPnP function can access networks obtain an IP address transmit performance data detect other devices and learn the performance data of the other devices Enable UPnP Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Universal Plug and Play UPnP is the name of a group of protocols The UPnP supports zero configuration networking and automatic discovery of different network devices If the UPnP is enabled the UPnP enabled device can be dynamically connected to the network to obtain the IP address obtain the transfer performance discover other devices and learn the performance of the other devices The UPnP enabled device can be automatically disconnected from the network without affecting the device or other devices When the UPnP is enabled the LAN side PC automatically finds the ONT which is considered as a peripheral device of the PC and is plug and play After running application software on the PC port mapping entries are automatically generated on the ONT through the UPnP protocol thus improving the running speed 5 8 4 ARP Configuration 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose Network Applications gt ARP Configuration In the pane on the right click New In the dialog box that is displayed set the resolution rule between a MAC address and an IP address as shown
377. t VoIP Restart VoIP Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 303 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Figure 5 3 VoIP Information H 248 Status VoIP Information On this page you can query the voice user list and status Sequence Line Name Telephone Number User Status Call Status Interface Status 1 AQ Up Idle Inservice 2 A3 Up Idle To restart the VoIP service click Restart VoIP Restart VoIP If the VoIP service needs to be restarted click Reset VoIP in the pane on the right 5 1 3 Wi Fi Information In the navigation tree on the left choose Status gt Wi Fi Information Then in the pane on the right you can query the information such as Wi Fi port status Wi Fi packet statistics and SSID as shown in Figure 5 4 Figure 5 4 Wi Fi Information Status WLAN Information On this page you can query the WLAN status WLAN statistics of packets and SSID Information WLAN Status WLAN Enable Enable WLAN Channel 0 WLAN Statistics of Packets Receive Rx Transmit Tx SSID Index SSID Name s Bytes Packets Error Discarded Bytes Packets Error Discarded il WirelessNet 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SSID Infomation SSID Index SSID Name Security Configuration Authentication Mode Encryption Mode 1 WirelessNet Unconfigured Open None Inthe pane on the right click Enable or Disable to enable or
378. t alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 ont port native vlan 1 1 eth 3 vlan 30 ont port native vlan 1 2 eth 3 vlan 30 quit traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority policy tag In Package service port 5 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 3 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 service port 6 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 3 multi service user vlan 30 rx Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 189 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration ctt tx que cos mul igm igm igm btv igm mul igm btv igm igm igm igm igm igm igm igm mul igm igm qui sav r 10 cttr 10 ue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 queue map cos0 0 cosl 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 ticast vlan 1000 p mode proxy p version v3 p uplink port 0 19 0 p uplink port mode default ticast vlan 1000 p program add name programl ip 224 1 1 10 sourceip 10 10 10 10 p profile add profile name profiled p profile profile name profile0 program name programi watch p policy service port 5 normal p policy service port 6 normal p p p user add service port 5 auth user add service port 6 auth user bind profile service port 5 profile name profiled p user bind profile service port 6 profile name profiled ticast vlan 1000 p multicast vlan member ser
379. t capability command to query the actual capability of the ONT and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONT configuration Create a proper ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONT Modify the ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and save the modification Then the ONT automatically recovers the configuration successfully Configure a traffic profile You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic profiles existing in the system Ifthe traffic profiles existing in the system do not meet the requirements you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile The profile ID is 8 the CIR is 4 Mbit s the priority is 1 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried huawei config if gpon 0 1 quit huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 1 priority policy tag In Package Create service ports Set the service port indexes to 1 and 2 SVLAN ID to 100 GEM port ID to 1 and CVLAN ID to 10 Use traffic profile 8 huawei config service port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port 2 vlan 100 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 Configure the queue scheduling mode Use the 3PQ S5WRR queue scheduling Queues 0 4 ad
380. t menu Add ORT YAS Profile xi ONT HSI HWTC 2011 v viroo2 06 Later E 247 Config Info Time Services WAN Device E LANDevice LAN Interface 1 LANI 8 iree port enable enable L nfiguration 1 ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding e Configure parameters of a WAN port Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 59 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration a Inthe navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection Select WAN Connection right click and choose Add PPP Connection from the shortcut menu b Select WAN PPP Interface 1 and enter or select a proper value WAN Interface Name ONT HSI WAN Enable enable Connection Type IP_Routed NATEnable Enable NAT must be enabled to configure the Internet access Service Service Type INTERNET For configuring the Internet access service INTERNET or a combination containing INTERNET needs to be selected VLAN ID 10 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Priority 1 xi Profile Name ONT HSI VendorID HWTC 2011 vi Terminal Type 247 vy Version V1RO02CO6 Later vi E 247 Config Info Parameter Name Parameter Value Time WAN PPP interf
381. t off me a eee Table 2 14 zr a lc Table 2 14 The Ethernet connection is in the Always on normal state Ethernet port Data is being transmitted on the The Ethernet connection is not set up Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 21 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Always on 1s set up Blinks quickly The connection to the voice server twice per is set up and the telephone is in the Voice telephone second off hook or ringing state TEL1 TEL2 port LED Bis lO The ONT is registering with the once two voice server seconds The connection to the voice server is not set up The USB port is connected and is Always on working in the host mode but no data is being transmitted USB USB port LED pps quickly Data is being transmitted on the twice per USB port second Off The system is not powered on or the USB port is not connected Always on The WLAN function is enabled WLAN port Data is being transmitted on the WEAN LED Blinks WLAN port off The WLAN function is disabled Always on The WPS function is enabled WPS WPS port LED Blinks A Wi Fi terminal is accessing the system Off The WPS function is disabled Al n The CATV function is enabled and WAIS CATV signals are received CATV CATV port LED off The CATV function is disabled or CATV signals are not received Table 2 1
382. t pane set DirectoryNumber to 88001234 indicating that the telephone number of SIP user 1 is 88001234 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 248 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Internet gateway devic PhyReferenceList X_HW_RtpLoop i 2 Choose 1 gt SIP from the navigation tree In the right pane set AuthUserName to 88001234 softx3000 huawei com and AuthPassword to iadtest1 indicating that the user name and password of user 1 for authentication are 88001234 softx3000 huawei com and iadtest1 respectively Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 249 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configure in Real Time Root Node Internet gateway devic w FURER a A Tone Parameter FaxT38 AuthUserName 788001234 softx3000 huawei com X_HW_FaxModem AuthPassword X_HW_Ring Line o Enable DirectoryNumber PhyReferenceList X_HW _RtpLoop X_HW_Priority Status CaliState X_HW_H248 MGCP CallingFeatures VoiceProcessing Stats Codec N AAAA 3 Set information about SIP user 2 in the same way Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt Service gt VoiceService gt 1 gt VoiceProfile
383. tab page set the parameters Line Profile FTTx click Inext to Line Profile and select the line profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Service Profile FTTx click EJ next to Service Profile and select the service profile named FTTx in the dialog box that is displayed Authentication Mode SN Terminal Type 247 Software Version V1R002C06 or V1R002C07 021 X X ONT m o f ONT X FTTx FTTx SN X 6877687714852901 HWTC 2011 M 247 X Y1R002C06 M K Cancel Apply Click OK Configure the Internet service The prerequisite for performing operations in the navigation tree is to navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT To navigate to the NE Explorer of the OLT do as follows In the Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 45 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Main Topology double click the required OLT in the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu l Configuring the Information About the ETH Port of a GPON ONU a b e f Choose GPON gt GPON Management from the navigation tree On the GPON ONU tab page set the filter criteria or click to display the GPON ONUs In the information list right click the ONT record where Frame Slot Port and ONU ID are
384. tary and Confidential 75 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration h Configure the voice users a In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt User Select User right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu C note The HG8010 does not support voice services The HG8110 supports one user The HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 supports a maximum of two users b Click User 1 below User and set Interface ID to 1 Click User 2 below User and set Interface ID to 2 CO note If Interface ID is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Interface ID is 2 port TEL2 on the ONT is bound x Profile Name ONT VoIP WendorID HWTC 2011 vi Terminal Type 247 v Version V1R002C06 Later vi E 247 Config Info Parameter Name Parameter Value Time User index E Services E Voice Service E Voice Service 1 Priority Enable ad E Interface Configuration E Interface 1 amp SIP H H248 ica FaxT38 FaxModem E User G User 1 User 2 Physical Interface IGMP Portal GWAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding impor Export ok j Cancel Appi Click OK to complete the configuration of the new profile Bind the value added ser
385. tatic route or a default route must be configured If the static route or default route is not configured the ONT will fail to obtain time from the SNTP sever For detailed procedures see 5 6 Route If the SNTP server is configured based on IP address format you can skip the operation above Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 348 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 10 10 TR 069 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt TR 069 In the pane on the right set the parameters related to the interconnection between the ONT and the TR 069 server as shown in Figure 5 52 Figure 5 52 TR 069 System Tools TR 069 ACS parameters config Ifthe TRO69 auto provisioning function is enabled you can set the ACS parameters of the terminal Enable Period Inform Period Inform Interval 43200 11 2147483647 s Period Inform Time yvyy mnm ddThh mm ss For example 2009 1 2 20T1 2 23 34 ACS URL tpvi10 167 18 188 9090 ACS User Name how ACS Password eee Password length is from 1 to 256 characters Connection Request User Name itms Connection Request Password eee Password length is fram 1 to 256 characters Apply Cancel CI note Configuring the interconnection between the ONT and the TR 069 requires creating a WAN interface In addition Service List of the WAN interface must conta
386. tcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters T CONT Index 1 DBA Profile FTTx L_ox__ Right click T CONT1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Port from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters GEM Port Index 1 Priority Queue 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 114 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding group T CONT Info E T CONTO ok cance Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 0 this parameter is set to 0 automatically VLAN ID 10 Internet access user side VLAN ID Add GPON Line Profile Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 LE Right click GEM Portl in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 1 this parameter is set to 1 automatically VLAN ID 20 Voice user side VLAN ID Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 115 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG82
387. terfa 2 3 4 X_HW_LANGlobalCc WANDevice Services X_HVV_DHCPSLVSERVER i Time Layer3Forwarding X_HW_Security X_HW_APMPolicy DeviceInfo x gt lt gt M note When X_HW_L3Enable is set to 0 it indicates that the corresponding LAN port works in the L2 mode When X_HW_L3Enable is set to 1 it indicates that the corresponding LAN port works in the L3 mode By default X_HW_L3Enable is set to 0 Step 4 Configure the parameters of the WAN interface 1 Choose InternetGatewayDevice gt WANDevice gt 1 gt WANConnectionDevice from the navigation tree Click Add in the lower left part to create an instance Choose 2 gt WANPPPConnection from the navigation tree and click Add in the lower left part Choose the new 1 branch from the navigation tree In the right pane set parameters as follows Set Enable to 1 indicating that the WAN connection is enabled Set Connection Type to IP_Routed indicating that the connection type of the WAN interface is in routing mode Set NATEnable to 1 indicating that the NAT function is enabled Set Username to iadtest pppoe and Password to iadtest indicating that the PPPoE user name is iadtest pppoe and the password is iadtest Set X_HW_SERVICELIST to INTERNET indicating that the WAN interface provides Internet access Set X_HW_VLAN to 10 indicating the VLAN ID of the WAN interface is 10 Set X_HW_PRI to 1 indicating t
388. terface VoIP interface and Wi Fi port through the Web page 5 2 WAN This topic describes how to configure the WAN interface through the Web page 5 3 LAN Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 301 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference This topic describes how to set the working mode of the LAN port the LAN host and the DHCP server through the Web page 5 4 WLAN This topic describes how to perform basic and advanced configurations of the WLAN through the Web page 5 5 Security This topic describes how to configure the IP address filter MAC address filter DoS and ONT access control through the Web page 5 6 Route This topic describes how to configure the default route and static route through the Web page 5 7 Forward Rules This topic describes how to configure the DMZ port mapping and port trigger through the Web page 5 8 Network Applications This topic describes how to configure the USB ALG UPnP and ARP through the Web page 5 9 Voice This topic describes how to configure the voice service through the Web page 5 10 System Tools This topic describes how to use the system tools on the Web page including using the tools to restart the device restore the default configuration and conduct the test Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 302 Copyright Hu
389. teway by clicking Reboot Reboot Save the configuration data before restarting the device For details see 5 10 2 Configuration File 5 10 2 Configuration File In the navigation tree on the left choose System Tools gt Configuration File In the pane on the right click the button as required as shown in Figure 5 44 Figure 5 44 Configuration File System Tools gt Configuration File Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory e and Reboot to save the current configuration to the flash memory and then reboot the device You can click You can click S Save Configuration Save and Reboot You can click Download Configuration File to back up the current configuration Download Configuration File If you enter the path of the configuration file and then click Upload Configuration File your home gateway will be updated with the saved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File Click Save Configuration to save the current configuration to the flash memory This prevents data loss due to the restart of the device Click Save and Reboot to save the current configuration to the flash memory and then reboot the device Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 343 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference Click Dow
390. the ONT fails to be in the up state that is Run state is offline the physical line may be broken or the optical transceiver may be damaged You need to check both the material and the line Ifthe ONT state fails that is Config state is failed the ONT capability set outmatches the actual ONT capabilities For details about the ONT actual capabilities see Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause Then rectify the fault according to actual conditions C note If an ONT supports only four queues the values of 4 7 of the priority queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid After configuration recovers Config state will be failed Ifthe ONT does not match that is Match state is mismatch the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONT In this case run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONT and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONT configuration Create a proper ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONT Modify the ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and save the modification Then the ONT automatically recovers the configuration successfully
391. the login interface as shown in Figure 3 8 Figure 3 8 Login interface W 1168247 HUAWEI English PH copyright 2009 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reservec 2 Inthe login interface enter the use name and password and select your preferred language For details about default settings of the user name and password see Table 3 13 After the password authentication is passed the Web configuration interface is displayed End 3 4 4 Configuring the Internet Access Service on the Web Page This topic provides an example of how to configure the Internet access service on the Web page Prerequisite The Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and ONTs are enabled by running the OLT commands For details see Enabling Layer 2 Service Channels Between an OLT and a GPON ONT on the OLT CLD You have established the environment for logging in to the Web page for service configuration and have successfully logged in to the Web page For details see 3 4 3 Locally Logging in to the Web Interface The user side PC must be connected with the LAN port ofan ONT by using network cables Context The Internet access service includes the Layer 2 Internet access service and Layer 3 Internal access service Layer 2 Internet access service The PPPoE dialup is performed on the PC The IP address is allocated by the upper layer BRAS The ONT is connected to the OLT and then to the upper layer network in the Layer 2
392. the message exchanged between the GPON OLT and ONTs and the message acknowledgment and retransmission mechanism In this way the OMCI provides a logical channel for communication Operators can manage and configure ONTs including port attribute and port VLAN using OLT commands or the U2000 In addition OMCI supports configuring an ONT offline and restoring the ONT configuration after the ONU goes online With this management mechanism ONTs do not need to save their own configuration information This facilitates service provisioning and ONT maintenance The Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 30 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration OMCTI configuration mainly indicates the Layer 2 service configuration such as the Layer 2 Internet access service and the Layer 2 multicast service TR 069 isa WAN management protocol for CPEs It implements automatic configuration on ONTs by using auto negotiation interactive protocol between the application control server ACS and the CPE The TR 069 protocol supports the following management functions Automatic configuration and dynamic service provision Software and firmware mapping management Status and performance monitoring Fault diagnosis The extensible markup language XML file can be configured in the following two ways Issuing XML confi
393. the ports on telephone sets Indicates the power on power off button used for powering on ON OFF f or powering off the device POWER Indicates the power port used for connecting to the power adapter or backup battery Figure 2 18 Ports on the side panel of the HG8447 an BBU USB WLAN WPS RESET Table 2 12 Descriptions of the ports on the side panel of the HG8447 BBU Indicates the external backup battery monitoring port used for connecting to the backup battery for monitoring the battery Indicate the USB host port used for connecting to a USB storage device Indicates the WLAN button used for enabling or disabling the WLAN function Indicates the WLAN data encryption switch Indicates the reset button Press the button for a short time to reset the device press the button for a long time longer than 10s to restore the device to the default settings and reset the device Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 16 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview 2 1 3 LEDs This topic provides the appearance of the LEDs on the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 and describes the indications of these LEDs Figure 2 ire 2 20 Figure 2 21 Figure 2 22 Figure 2 23 and Figu show the LEDs on the HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 aid HG8447 prn Figure 2 19 LEDs on the HG8
394. the service board that supports only four queues the mapping between 802 1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 Save the data huawei config save End Configuration File vlan 100 200 400 500 smart vlan attrib 100 stacking port vlan 100 200 400 500 0 19 0 arp proxy enable interface vlanif 200 arp proxy enable quit dba profile add profile id 10 type4 max 102400 dba profile add profile id 20 type3 assure 30720 max 102400 dba profile add profile id 30 type4 max 204800 dba profile add profile id 40 type2 assure 30720 ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 tcont 1 dba profile id 10 tcont 2 dba profile id 20 tcont 3 dba profile id 30 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 212 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration tcont 4 gem add dba profile id 40 1 eth tcont 1 gem add 2 eth tcont 2 gem add 3 eth tcont 3 gem add 4 eth tcont 4 mapping mode vlan gem mapping 1 1 vlan 10 gem mapping 2 2 vlan 20 gem mapping 3 3 vlan 40 gem mapping 4 4 vlan 50 commit quit ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 port vlan eth 1 10 commit quit interface gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable display ont autofind 1 ont confirm 1
395. ther objects during storage transportation and running of the device Install the device in strict compliance with the vendor requirements Do not uninstall the device without permission Contact the specified service center when a fault occurs on the device No enterprise or personnel should modify the structure security design or performance design of the device without authorization Abide by local laws and regulations and respect the legal rights of others when using the device Environment Requirements Install the device in a well ventilated place that is not directly exposed to sunlight Keep the device clean Keep the device away from water sources or wet places Do not place any objects on the device This is to protect the device from damages such as overheat or distortion which can be caused by such objects Leave a space of at least 10 cm around the device for heat dissipation Keep the device away from heat sources or fire sources such as electrical heaters and candles Keep the device away from the electrical appliances with strong magnetic fields or strong electric fields such as microwave ovens refrigerators and mobile phones Instructions for Use Use the accessories delivered with the device or use those recommended by the vendor such as the power adapter and battery Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1
396. tion command in the diagnosis mode to check the failed configuration item and the failure cause Then rectify the fault according to actual conditions Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 210 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration OQ note Ifan ONT supports only four queues the values of 4 7 of the priority queue parameter in the gem add command are invalid After configuration recovers Config state will be failed Ifthe ONT does not match that is Match state is mismatch the port types and number of ports undermatch the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONT In this case run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONT and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONT configuration Create a proper ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONT Modify the ONT profile according to the actual capability of the ONT and save the modification Then the ONT automatically recovers the configuration successfully Step 6 Specify the native VLAN for the ONT port ETH port 1 on the ONT is connected to the PC and the native VLAN is VLAN 10 CO note The ont port native vlan command is used for configuring the native VLAN of an ETH port When a pa
397. tion the HG8247 is connected to the optical splitter and the network side OLT through the PON port namely the OPTICAL port to provide integrated access services Inthe downstream direction the HG8247 is connected to various terminals through the following LAN side ports to implement the triple play service One CATV port which can be connected to a TV set to provide high quality CATV service transmission Four 10 100 1000M Base T Ethernet ports which can be connected to terminals such as PCs STBs and video phones to provide the high speed data and video services Two TEL ports which can be connected to telephone sets or fax machines to provide superior and cost effective VoIP FoIP and MolP services Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 26 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 2 System Overview Two Wi Fi antennas which can connect to Wi Fi terminals wirelessly to provide a secure and reliable high speed wireless network One USB port which can be connected to a USB storage device to provide convenient storage and file sharing services within a home network Network Topology of the HG8447 Figure 2 30 shows the position of the HG8447 in a network Figure 2 30 Network topology of the HG8447 Residential Residential users users Network side User side Inthe upstream direction the HG8447 is
398. tion on the MGC d Click OK In the dialog box that is displayed click OK The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT End Result Connect two phone sets to two TEL ports of different ONTs and calls can be made between two phone sets Configuration File vlan 200 smart port vlan 200 0 19 0 arp proxy enable interface vlanif 200 arp proxy enable quit dba profile add profile id 20 type3 assure 16384 max 26624 ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 tcont 2 dba profile id 20 gem add 2 eth tcont 2 mapping mode vlan gem mapping 2 1 vlan 20 commit quit ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 ont port eth 4 pots 2 catv 1 commit quit interface gpon 0 1 port 1 ont auto find enable display ont autofind 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 6877687714852900 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 166 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration srvprofile id 10 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 quit traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 6 priority policy tag In Package service port 3 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 1 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 20 rx chien Oo ExscreEer S service port 4 vlan 200 gpon 0 1 1 ont 2 gemport
399. tiple ONTs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONTs you can add ONTs in batches by confirming the auto discovered ONTs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency For example the preceding command can be modified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 all sn auth omci ont lineprofile id 10 ont srvprofile id 10 c Optional Bind an alarm profile to the ONT In this example bind the default alarm profile namely alarm profile 1 to the ONT huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm profile 1 2 profile id 1 Confirm that the ONT goes online normally After an ONT is added run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONT Ensure that Control flag of the ONT is active Run State is online Config state is normal and Match state is match huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont info 1 1 F S P 0 1 1 ONT ID 1 Control flag active Indicates that the ONT is activated Run state online Indicates that the ONT goes online normally Config state normal Indicates that the configuration status of the ONT is normal Match state match Indicates that the capability profile bound to the ONT is consistent with the actual capability of the ONT The rest of the response information is omitted Ifthe ONT state fails t
400. ty is set on the ONT and the OLT inherits the priority set on the ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 204 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG81 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Service Classificat ion QoS DBA Profile type Type4 Maximum bandwidth 100 Mbit s T CONT ID 1 VoIP service Profile type Type3 Assured bandwidth 15 Mbit s Maximum bandwidth 30 Mbit s T CONT ID 2 Wi Fi service Profile type Type4 Maximum bandwidth 200 Mbit s T CONT ID 3 U2560 management Profile type Type2 channel Assured bandwidth 15 Mbit s T CONT ID 4 VoIP service No rate limitation in the upstream and downstream directions Wi Fi service Upstream and downstream bandwidth 6 Mbit s U2560 management No rate limitation in the channel upstream and downstream directions Remarks DBA is used to control the upstream bandwidth of the ONT DBA profiles are bound to TCONTSs Different TCONTSs are planned for different bandwidth assurance types Generally the service with a high priority adopts a fixed bandwidth or an assured bandwidth and the service witha low priority adopts the maximum bandwidth or best effort Traffic control can be implemented on the BRAS or on the OLT or ONT by using port rate limitation or using a traffic profile to limit the upstream and do
401. ueue scheduling mode Use the 3PQ S5WRR queue scheduling Queues 0 4 adopt the WRR mode with the weights of 10 10 20 20 and 40 respectively queues 5 7 adopt the PQ mode L note Queue scheduling is a global configuration You need to configure queue scheduling only once on the OLT and then the configuration takes effect globally In the subsequent phases you do not need to configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services huawei config queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 Configure the mapping between queues and 802 1p priorities Priorities 0 7 map queues 0 7 respectively huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cosl1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 For the service board that supports only four queues the mapping between 802 1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 10 Save the data huawei config save Configure the ONT The ONT is connected to the upper layer device in Layer 2 mode Users perform PPPoE dialup on their PCs and no configuration is required on the ONT End Result After physical port LAN1 on the ONT is connected to a PC perform PPPoE dialup using software on the PC After successful PPPoE dialup the user can access the Internet following entering correct network addresses Configuration File vlan 100 smart vlan attrib 1
402. ult value is 0 Width of RTP TID Indicates the length of the suffix of the ephemeral Number termination The default value is 6 Signaling Port Indicates the signaling WAN port used for connecting the VoIP terminal to the MGC server Media Port Indicates the WAN port of the voice media streams When the name of the media port is empty it indicates that the name of the media port is the same as that of the signaling port Indicates the country code Advanced Interface configuration Fax Transmode Fax Switchmode Profile Index Software Parameters Start Negotiate Version Enable Echo Cancellation Indicates the fax mode including pass through and T 38 Pass through The MG encodes the fax signals transmitted by a fax machine according to the voice codec G 711 and then coverts such signals into the RTP data packets for real time transmission over an IP network T 38 The MG through ITU T T 38 converts the T 30 compliant fax signals transmitted by a fax machine into the T 38 packets for transmission over an IP bearer network Indicates the fax switching mode including negotiation and self switch The fax switching mode is selected according to the customer requirements Indicates the control point parameters Such parameters are selected according to the softswitch Generally the default settings are adopted Indicates the software parameters Such parameters are selected according to the softswitch Genera
403. umber of Number of ETH Ports POTS Ports CATV Ports 1 HG8010 HG8110 HG8245 HG8247 od 4 HG8447 a Choose Configuration gt Access Profile Management from the main menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose PON Profile gt GPON Profile from the navigation tree b Click the Service Profile tab c Right click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Set Name to FTTx Choose Base Info from the navigation tree and set the parameters Number of Pots Ports 2 Number of ETH Ports 4 Number of CATV Ports 1 A Name FTTx Alias Configuration Base Info UNI Port Name Number of Pots Ports 0 8 Number of TDM Ports 0 8 0 TDM Port Type E1 Service Type of TDM Port TDOMoverGEM Number of MOCA Ports 0 8 0 MAC Address Learning Swit ON Transparent Transmission OFF Multicast Mode Unconcern Multicast forward mode Untag Multicast forward VLAN 1 40 Upstream IGMP packet forw Unconcern Upstream IGMP packet forw Upstream IGMP Packet For Value gt ok Cancel Apply e Click OK f In the information list right click the record and choose Download to NE from the shortcut menu g In the dialog box that is displayed select the required NE s and click OK 5 Confirm the ONT Issue 0
404. ure 3 14 Exporting the XML configuration files Add ORT AS Profile x HWTC 2011 v 1RO02CO6 Later z C ParameterName ParameterValue Layer 3 Forwarding Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 270 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration 3 Modify the XML configuration file a Open the XML configuration file downloaded in step 1 and find the parameters to be modified b Modify the required parameters A WARNING Configuration will roll back or even factory defaults are restored if an incorrect XML configuration file is issued When configuration parameters need to be modified for an XML configuration file please contact Huawei technical engineers for help c Save the modified XML configuration file 4 Import the XML configuration files a Inthe Add ONT VAS Profile dialog box click Import to import the XML configuration files as shown in the following figure Figure 3 15 Importing the XML configuration files Add ONT VAS Profile x HYTC 2011 v R002C06 Later Layer 3 Forwarding Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 271 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration End b Click OK Bind the value added s
405. ute Configuration In the pane on the right click New In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters related to the static route as shown in Figure 5 23 Figure 5 23 Static Route Configuration Route gt Static Route Configuration ge you can configure the static route including the IP address subnet mask gat interface is offline p spa face name When you configure the static route ifthe specified WA ease clear the gateway IP address New Delete WAN Name Destination Address Gateway Subnet Mask Destination Network Address 20 20 20 20 e Subnet Mask 255 255 255 255 _ i Gateway IP Address 10 10 10 1 WAN Name 1_INTERNET_R_ VID_150 v Apply Cancel 2 Click Apply to apply the configuration Table 5 8 describes the parameters related to the static route Table 5 8 Parameters related to the static route Parameter Description Destination Network Indicates the destination IP address of the static route Address Subnet Mask Indicates the subnet mask of the static route Gateway IP Address Indicates the gateway IP address of the static route Indicates the WAN interface that the route travels through 5 6 3 Policy Route Configuration 1 Inthe navigation tree on the left choose Route gt Policy Route Configuration In the pane on the right click New In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters related to the policy route as shown in Figure 5 24 Issue 02
406. ved configuration file Configuration File Browse Upload Configuration File 4 Check the ONT connection status In the navigation tree choose Status gt WAN Information In the right pane User Status is Connected Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 231 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Layer 3 route Wi Fi service l WAN gt WAN Configuration On this page you can configure WAN parameters The ONT home gateway communicates with the upper layer network equipment through the WAN interface During the communication the parameter settings of the WAN interface must be consistent with those of the upper layer network equipment Connection Name Enable WAN Connection Service List Mode VLAN ID 802 1p MultiCast VLAN ID IP Acquisition Mode Enable NAT User Name Password Dial Method Binding options New Delete VLAN Priority IP Acquisition Mode v INTERNET x Route v 300 F 1 4094 1 v 1 4094 DHCP O Static PPPoE iadtest pppoe 1 63 Characters 2000000 ke 1 63 Characters Auto v SSID1 Apply Cancel Configure the Wi Fi parameters a Inthe navigation tree choose Wi Fi gt Wi Fi Basic Configuration b Select Enable Wireless to enable the Wi Fi function Then set the parameters as fol
407. version and software version as shown in Figure 5 9 Figure 5 9 Device Information Status gt Device Information On this page you can query the basic information about the terminal Product Name HG8247 Description EchoLife HG8247 GPON Terminal CLASS B Serial Number 485754433C9F3304 Hardware Version 12000010 Software Version Y1R002C07 ONT Registration Status 05 Operation state ONT ID 1 5 1 9 Remote Management Click the Status tab and then choose Remote Manage from the navigation tree In the right pane view the remote management status and service application status as shown in Figure 5 10 Figure 5 10 Remote management Status Remote Manage On this page you can query the remote management status Inform Status no inform connect ACS Connect Status no ACS connect Config Status no config information Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 306 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 5 Web Page Reference 5 2 WAN This topic describes how to configure the WAN interface through the Web page 5 2 1 WAN Configuration WAN Configuration route 1 In the navigation tree on the left choose WAN gt WAN Configuration In the pane on the right click New In the dialog box that is displayed set Mode to Route as shown in Figure 5 11 Figure 5 11 WAN Configuration route WAN gt WAN Con
408. vice Manual 3 Configuration b Onthe ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c Inthe dialog box that is displayed set relevant parameters Profile Name ONT VoIP Vendor ID HWTC 2011 Terminal Type 247 Version V1R002C06 Later x ONT VoIP HVVTC 2011 v 247 bd V1R002C06 Later 7 E 247 Config Info Time Services GWAN Device LANDevice ALG Ability Security Layer 3 Forwarding Import Export OK Cancel Apply d Configure the parameters of the voice WAN port a Inthe navigation tree choose WAN Device gt WAN Device 1 gt WAN Connection Select WAN Connection right click and choose Add IP Connection from the shortcut menu b Select WAN IP Interface 1 and enter or select a proper value WAN Interface Name ONT VoIP WAN Enable enable Connection Type IP_Routed VLAN ID 20 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Priority 6 Addressing Type DHCP Service List VOIP For configuring the VoIP service VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 161 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration ONT VoIP HWTC 2011 v 247 SA V1R002C06 Lat
409. vice is assured bandwidth maximum bandwidth and no rate limitation is performed on the upstream and downstream traffic Table 3 7 Data plan S VLAN ID 200 S VLAN type smart VLAN Upstream port 0 19 0 C VLAN ID 20 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 151 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8110 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration ONT ID and 2 IP address of the MGC server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the MGC server 2944 MG registration mode domain name MG domain name 6877687714852901 Terminal IDs of line and line 2 AO and Al Prerequisite The interface data and the PSTN user data corresponding to the MG interface must be configured on the MGC The OLT must be connected to the MGC The IP address of the MGC server can be pinged from the OLT For the ONT to provision different voice services you must select different software versions Before configuration ensure that the ONT s version is V100R002C07 Procedure Configure the OLT 1 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it The VLAN ID is 200 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 200 huawei config vlan 200 smart huawei config port vlan 200 0 19 0 2 Optional Configure upstream link aggregation In this example a single upstream port is used In the case of multiple upstream ports upstream link aggregation can
410. vice port 5 p multicast vlan member service port 6 t e 3 3 7 Configuring the GPON FTTH Layer 3 Bridge Multicast Service on the OLT CLI The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the IPTV service Service Requirements The ONT is connected to the OLT in the Layer 3 bridge mode The ONT adopts IGMP Snooping multicast protocol The OLT adopts IGMP proxy multicast protocol Multicast programs are configured statically and multicast users are authenticated The IGMP version of the multicast VLAN is IGMP V3 The user accesses the device through GPON and has the right to order programs from the multicast source Table 3 10 Data plan Service VLAN ID 1000 Service VLAN type smart VLAN Upstream port 0 19 0 Multicast protocol IGMP Proxy Multicast version IGMP V3 IP address of the multicast server 10 10 10 10 Multicast program 224 1 1 10 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 190 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration ONT IDs 1 and 2 Multicast protocol IGMP Snooping ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the STB 3 Type of the port on the ONT that is connected to the STB ETH VLAN ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the STB 30 Prerequisite The license for the multicast program or the multicast user must already
411. vice profile a In the Physical Map navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page double click the target OLT or select the target OLT right click and choose NE Explorer In the navigation tree choose GPON gt GPON Management In the window on the right choose GPON ONU On the GPON ONU tab page set the search criteria to find the GPON ONU records Select an ONT from the list right click and choose Bind VAS Profile from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed choose the created profile and click OK to complete profile binding Configure the ONT value added service a On the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu Configure the domain name of the MG Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 76 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration In the navigation tree choose Services gt Voice Service gt Voice Service 1 gt Interface configuration gt Interface 1 gt H248 Select H248 and set Domain name to 6877687714852901 M note Domain Name is ONT s domain name registered on the MGC It is globally unique Domain Name in this example is ONT s SN HVTC 2011 247 VIRO02C06 E 247 Config Info Time E Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 Eh Interface Configur
412. wnstream traffic Generally in the case of FTTH limit the rate on the OLT in the case of FTTB FTTC limit the rate on the ONT Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 205 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Flow Chart Table 3 11 shows the flow chart for enabling Layer 2 service channels between the OLT and the GPON ONT Figure 3 7 Flow chart Create SVLANs and add an upstream port to them Add an ONT on the OLT Is there an No R gpa Bo Specify the native VLAN p for the ONT port Yes Configure the DBA profile Is there an Configure traffic profiles appropriate ONT No CD O Configure the ONT line s there an No appropriate ON Configure the queue scheduling mode Yes Configure the ONT service profile No appropriate ONT kia chads alarm profile Yes Configure the ONT alarm Procedure Step 1 Create SVLANSs and add an upstream port to them The VLAN type is Smart and the VLAN IDs are 100 200 400 and 500 VLAN 100 is for HSI service VLAN 200 is for VoIP service VLAN 400 is for Wi Fi service and VLAN 500 is for the U2560 management channel The VLAN for the Internet access service is a stacking VLAN Add the upstream port 0 19 0 to the VLAN huawei config vlan 100 200 400 500 smart huawei config vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei config port vlan 100 200 400
413. x3000 huawei com IP or Domain Local Port 5060 1 65535 x She Digitmap Digitmap Match Mode Max w Registration Period 600 E Uints 1 65534 Signaling Port 1_VOIP_R_VID_20 Y Select the name of the WAN that will carry the voice signaling uta media portis same with signaling port when itis empty Region CN China v Apply Cancel Click Apply to apply the configuration Step 3 Configure parameters of the SIP based voice users 1 2 QO note In the navigation tree choose Voice gt VoIP User Configuration In the right pane configure parameters of voice user 1 as follows Register User Name 80001234 Auth User Name 80001234 softx3000 huawei com Password iadtest1 Associated POTS 1 binding port TEL on the ONT Select Enable to enable the voice user configuration Click Apply to apply the configuration In the right pane click New to add voice user 2 and configure parameters of voice user 2 as follows Register User Name 80001235 Auth User Name 80001235 softx3000 huawei com Password iadtest2 Associated POTS 2 binding port TEL2 on the ONT Select Enable to enable the voice user configuration Click Apply to apply the configuration The parameters of the SIP based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch If Associated POTS is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Associated POTS is 2 port TEL2 on the ONT is bound Is
414. y Server to 200 200 200 200 Home Domain softx3000 huawei com Signaling Port 1 VOIP R VID 20 Region CN China A note The parameters of the SIP based voice interface must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch I fdual homing is configured Proxy Server Address below Secondary Server must be configured IfSignaling Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Media Port If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONT and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 174 EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Voice gt VoIP Basic Configuration Interface Basic Parameters On this page you can set the basic parameters for the voice interface Primary Proxy Address Primary Proxy Port Standby Proxy Address Standby Proxy Port Home Domain Local Port Digitrnap Digitmap Match Mode Registration Period Signaling Port Media Port Region 200 200 200 200 5060 5060 soft3000 huawei com 5060 xSht Max v 600 1_VOIP_R_VID_20 Select the name of the WAN that will carry the voice s
415. y and Confidential 119 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration c d In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Name IGMP VIAN Choice Smart VLAN Connection Type LAN GPON when the physical port is a GPON port or LAN EPON when the physical port is an EPON port Interface Selection 0 2 1 0 1 when the connection type is LAN GPON or 0 2 1 0 when the connection type is LAN EPON Vlan ID 1000 SVLAN ID Service Type Multi Service VLAN User VLAN 30 CVLAN ID Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same selected Upstream Traffic Name ip traffic table_6 it is recommended that you use the default profile ip traffic table_6 because the OLT does not limit the rates of service streams IGMP LAN GPON a Ej Smart VLAN 042414071 X Multi Service VLAN bA 1000 m 30 gt raj FTTX FTTx OK Cancel Apply Click OK Add a multicast VLAN on the OLT side Choose Multicast gt Multicast VLAN from the navigation tree On the Multicast VLAN tab page set the filter criteria to display the required multicast VLANs In the information list right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters IGMP Version IGMP V3 Work Mode igmp_proxy VLAN ID 1000 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprieta
416. yauss Omec Enemon for Right click T CONT Info in the navigation tree and choose ADD T CONT from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters T CONT Index 1 DBA Profile FTTx L_ox__ Right click T CONT1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Port from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters GEM Port Index 1 Priority Queue 1 Issue 02 2011 12 08 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 66 Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd EchoLife HG8010 HG8 1 10 HG8240 HG8245 HG8247 HG8447 GPON Terminal Service Manual 3 Configuration Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding group T CONT Info E T CONTO ok cance Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 0 this parameter is set to 0 automatically VLAN ID 10 Internet access user side VLAN ID Add GPON Line Profile Configuration Base Info Line Ethernet port binding gro T CONT Info T CONTO T CONT1 LE Right click GEM Port1 in the navigation tree and choose Add GEM Connection from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameter GEM Connection Index 1 this parameter is set to 1 automatically VLAN ID 20 Voice user side VLAN ID Issue 02 2011

Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents